1 | /* IBM_PROLOG_BEGIN_TAG */ |
---|
2 | /* This is an automatically generated prolog. */ |
---|
3 | /* */ |
---|
4 | /* */ |
---|
5 | /* */ |
---|
6 | /* Licensed Materials - Property of IBM */ |
---|
7 | /* */ |
---|
8 | /* (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 2004,2006 */ |
---|
9 | /* All Rights Reserved */ |
---|
10 | /* */ |
---|
11 | /* US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or */ |
---|
12 | /* disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp. */ |
---|
13 | /* */ |
---|
14 | /* IBM_PROLOG_END_TAG */ |
---|
15 | #pragma comment (copyright, "@(#)Licensed Materials-Property of IBM") |
---|
16 | static char sccsid[] = "@(#)46 1.5 src/avs/fs/mmfs/samples/util/tsbackup.C, mmfs, avs_rgpfs24, rgpfs24s001a 4/4/06 09:37:12"; |
---|
17 | |
---|
18 | /*=========================================================================== |
---|
19 | * |
---|
20 | * tsbackup: a utility for backing up a GPFS filesystem to a TSM server |
---|
21 | * |
---|
22 | * Syntax: |
---|
23 | * |
---|
24 | * tsbackup Device MountPoint -n ControlFile [-t {full | incremental}] |
---|
25 | * [-r IOrate] [-T] |
---|
26 | * or |
---|
27 | * |
---|
28 | * tsbackup Device MountPoint -R [-r IOrate] [-T] |
---|
29 | * |
---|
30 | *==========================================================================*/ |
---|
31 | |
---|
32 | #ifdef GPFS_LINUX |
---|
33 | /* Use 64 bit version of stat, etc. */ |
---|
34 | #define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE |
---|
35 | #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 |
---|
36 | |
---|
37 | typedef long long offset_t; |
---|
38 | #endif |
---|
39 | |
---|
40 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
41 | /* Use 64 bit version of stat, etc. */ |
---|
42 | #ifndef _LARGE_FILES |
---|
43 | #define _LARGE_FILES |
---|
44 | #endif |
---|
45 | #endif |
---|
46 | |
---|
47 | #include <stdio.h> |
---|
48 | #include <stdlib.h> |
---|
49 | #include <errno.h> |
---|
50 | #include <unistd.h> |
---|
51 | #include <string.h> |
---|
52 | #include <fcntl.h> |
---|
53 | #include <assert.h> |
---|
54 | |
---|
55 | // The following includes are for pipeOpen(), pipeClose(), etc. |
---|
56 | #include <signal.h> |
---|
57 | #include <sys/wait.h> |
---|
58 | #include <errno.h> |
---|
59 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
---|
60 | #include <sys/types.h> |
---|
61 | #include <pthread.h> |
---|
62 | |
---|
63 | extern "C" |
---|
64 | { |
---|
65 | #include <time.h> |
---|
66 | #include <ctype.h> |
---|
67 | } |
---|
68 | |
---|
69 | #include <gpfs.h> |
---|
70 | |
---|
71 | #include "tsbackup.h" // all relevant structures for backup |
---|
72 | |
---|
73 | |
---|
74 | /* forward declarations */ |
---|
75 | extern "C" char *basename(const char *); |
---|
76 | |
---|
77 | /* globals for the tsbackup program */ |
---|
78 | |
---|
79 | char deviceName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
80 | char fsName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
81 | char inputCtrlFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
82 | const char* snapshotPathname; |
---|
83 | char snapshotSubdir[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
84 | char sstring[MAX_COMMAND_STRING]; |
---|
85 | pid_t msgChildPid = 0; |
---|
86 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t prevSnapId; |
---|
87 | |
---|
88 | static char *transactionCmdExpire = "expire"; |
---|
89 | static char *transactionCmdIncremental = "incremental"; |
---|
90 | static char *transactionCmdSelective = "selective"; |
---|
91 | static char *transactionCmdOption = "filelist"; |
---|
92 | |
---|
93 | static char *backupControlName = ".mmbuControl"; |
---|
94 | static char *backupShadowName = ".mmbuShadow"; |
---|
95 | static char *shadowCheckName = ".mmbuShadowCheck"; |
---|
96 | static char *backupFilesizesName = ".mmbuFilesizes"; |
---|
97 | static char *fsSnapshotName_base = ".mmbuSnapshot"; |
---|
98 | static char *transListName = ".mmbuTrans"; |
---|
99 | static char *pendingDeletionsName = ".mmbuPendingDels"; |
---|
100 | static char *pendingChangesName = ".mmbuPendingChgs"; |
---|
101 | static char *changesName = ".mmbuChanges"; |
---|
102 | static char *deletionsName = ".mmbuDeletions"; |
---|
103 | |
---|
104 | inodeBitsArray inodeBitsP = NULL; |
---|
105 | inodeBitsArray inodeBits2P = NULL; |
---|
106 | |
---|
107 | char *RootFsDirP; |
---|
108 | |
---|
109 | /* Define the number of threads used to read the directories. */ |
---|
110 | #define DEFAULT_THREADS 24 |
---|
111 | int nThreads = DEFAULT_THREADS; |
---|
112 | |
---|
113 | /* Define wait queue for threads. */ |
---|
114 | static pthread_mutex_t QueueMutex; |
---|
115 | static pthread_cond_t QueueCond; |
---|
116 | static int NWorkersWaiting = 0; |
---|
117 | static int NWorkersRunning = 0; |
---|
118 | |
---|
119 | /* Define mutex to serialize the output. */ |
---|
120 | static pthread_mutex_t OutputMutex; |
---|
121 | |
---|
122 | static QueueElement *WorkQueueP = NULL; |
---|
123 | |
---|
124 | |
---|
125 | /* |
---|
126 | * Define storage for variables declared in tsbackup.h |
---|
127 | */ |
---|
128 | Int32 ioRate = 100; /* I/O rate */ |
---|
129 | Int32 Tracing = 0; /* tracing control flag */ |
---|
130 | Int32 Full; /* backup type full (true or false) */ |
---|
131 | Int32 Incremental; /* backup type incremental (true or false) */ |
---|
132 | Int32 Resume; /* resume backup (true or false) */ |
---|
133 | char masterNode[MAX_NAME_CHARS]; /* node on which tsbackup was invoked */ |
---|
134 | Int32 masterPID; /* pid for master tsbackup process */ |
---|
135 | |
---|
136 | char fsBackupCtrl[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
137 | char fsSnapshotName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
138 | char fsSnapshotPathname[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
139 | gpfs_fssnap_handle_t *fsSnapHandleP = NULL; |
---|
140 | char filesizesFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
141 | Int32 filesizesHandle; |
---|
142 | char backupShadowFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
143 | char backupShadowCheck[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
144 | char shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
145 | Int32 shadowFileHandle[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
146 | Int64 shadowFileNumberOfRecords[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
147 | char transactionsList[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
148 | Int32 transactionsListHandle; |
---|
149 | char clientTransactionsList[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
150 | Int32 clientTransactionsListHandle[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
151 | char pendingTransactionsList[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
152 | char pendingTransactionsListName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
153 | char clientPendingTransactionsList[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
154 | char changesFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
155 | Int32 fp_chg; |
---|
156 | char deletionsFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
157 | Int32 fp_del; |
---|
158 | Boolean fileDeletions; |
---|
159 | Boolean fileChanges; |
---|
160 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlP; |
---|
161 | |
---|
162 | extern int errno; |
---|
163 | |
---|
164 | #ifndef true |
---|
165 | #define true 1 |
---|
166 | #endif |
---|
167 | |
---|
168 | #ifndef false |
---|
169 | #define false 0 |
---|
170 | #endif |
---|
171 | |
---|
172 | |
---|
173 | /* |
---|
174 | * print usage message and exit |
---|
175 | */ |
---|
176 | static void usage(char *argv0) |
---|
177 | { |
---|
178 | fprintf(stderr, "Usage:\n %s Device MountPoint -n ControlFile [-t {full | incremental}] [-r IOrate]\n or\n %s Device MountPoint -R [-r IOrate]\n", basename(argv0), basename(argv0)); |
---|
179 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
180 | } |
---|
181 | |
---|
182 | |
---|
183 | #define TSSIZE 128 /* time buffer size */ |
---|
184 | |
---|
185 | /* |
---|
186 | * print trace line for entering a function |
---|
187 | */ |
---|
188 | void traceEntry(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
189 | { |
---|
190 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
191 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
192 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
193 | |
---|
194 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
195 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
196 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d: enter %s()\n", |
---|
197 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
198 | } |
---|
199 | |
---|
200 | |
---|
201 | /* |
---|
202 | * print trace line for exiting a function |
---|
203 | */ |
---|
204 | void traceExit(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
205 | { |
---|
206 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
207 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
208 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
209 | |
---|
210 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
211 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
212 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d: exit %s()\n", |
---|
213 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
214 | } |
---|
215 | |
---|
216 | |
---|
217 | /* |
---|
218 | * print trace line other than a function entry or exit |
---|
219 | */ |
---|
220 | void traceLine(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
221 | { |
---|
222 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
223 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
224 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
225 | |
---|
226 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
227 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
228 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d, %s()\n", |
---|
229 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
230 | } |
---|
231 | |
---|
232 | #if 0 |
---|
233 | #ifndef TIMELEN |
---|
234 | #define TIMELEN 26 |
---|
235 | #endif |
---|
236 | |
---|
237 | /* Return ptr to buffer passed in with current time |
---|
238 | filled in the buffer (year removed) */ |
---|
239 | char * |
---|
240 | consoleTime(char timeBufP[TIMELEN]) |
---|
241 | { |
---|
242 | time_t TimeNow; |
---|
243 | char *p; |
---|
244 | |
---|
245 | time(&TimeNow); |
---|
246 | ctime_r(&TimeNow, timeBufP); |
---|
247 | if ((p = strchr(timeBufP, '\n')) != NULL) |
---|
248 | *p = '\0'; |
---|
249 | return timeBufP; |
---|
250 | } |
---|
251 | #endif |
---|
252 | |
---|
253 | |
---|
254 | /* signal handler for SIGINT */ |
---|
255 | void sig_interrupt(int signo) |
---|
256 | { |
---|
257 | Int32 j, tmp; |
---|
258 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
259 | |
---|
260 | /* Delete any temporary files still lying around. */ |
---|
261 | |
---|
262 | /* Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
263 | for (j = 0; j < MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES; j++) |
---|
264 | { |
---|
265 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
266 | unlink(clientPendingTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
267 | } |
---|
268 | |
---|
269 | /* Delete the original transactions file now that we are done with it. */ |
---|
270 | unlink(transactionsList); |
---|
271 | |
---|
272 | unlink(changesFile); |
---|
273 | unlink(filesizesFile); |
---|
274 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
275 | |
---|
276 | /* Delete the snapshot if it exists. */ |
---|
277 | if (stat(fsSnapshotPathname, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
278 | { |
---|
279 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
280 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
281 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
282 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
283 | |
---|
284 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
285 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
286 | { |
---|
287 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
288 | } |
---|
289 | } |
---|
290 | |
---|
291 | /* If there is a backup control data structure, set the completion level |
---|
292 | to none and write the updated backup control data to the control file. */ |
---|
293 | if (backupControlP != 0) |
---|
294 | { |
---|
295 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
296 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
297 | } |
---|
298 | |
---|
299 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
300 | } |
---|
301 | |
---|
302 | |
---|
303 | /*------* |
---|
304 | * main * |
---|
305 | *------*/ |
---|
306 | |
---|
307 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
---|
308 | { |
---|
309 | char linein[LINE_LENGTH]; /* buffer used in reading a line via fget */ |
---|
310 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
311 | Int32 length; |
---|
312 | Int32 i, j, k; |
---|
313 | int c; |
---|
314 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
315 | #if 0 |
---|
316 | char timeBufP[TIMELEN]; |
---|
317 | #endif |
---|
318 | char timeString[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
319 | FILE* filePtr = NULL; /* file pointer for temp files and usage |
---|
320 | in popen() */ |
---|
321 | static char *devPrefix = "/dev/"; |
---|
322 | static char *mpPrefix = "/"; |
---|
323 | gpfs_direntx_t *shadow_controlP; |
---|
324 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlLocalP = NULL; |
---|
325 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
326 | char* cp; |
---|
327 | char* backupType; |
---|
328 | char* fn = "main"; |
---|
329 | |
---|
330 | /* Set signal handler for SIGINT */ |
---|
331 | if (signal(SIGINT, sig_interrupt) == SIG_ERR) |
---|
332 | { |
---|
333 | printf("tsbackup: Unable to set signal handler for SIGINT.\n"); |
---|
334 | } |
---|
335 | |
---|
336 | /* At least two parms must be passed, since the device and |
---|
337 | the mountpoint parms are required. */ |
---|
338 | if (argc < 3) |
---|
339 | { |
---|
340 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect number of parameters was passed.\n"); |
---|
341 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
342 | } |
---|
343 | |
---|
344 | /* Set the backup type flags prior to parsing the command parms. */ |
---|
345 | Incremental = false; |
---|
346 | Full = false; |
---|
347 | Resume = false; |
---|
348 | |
---|
349 | /* Parse the command parameters. */ |
---|
350 | |
---|
351 | /* The first arg is the device parameter, and it is mandatory. */ |
---|
352 | strcpy(deviceName, argv[1]); |
---|
353 | if ((strncmp(deviceName, devPrefix, strlen(devPrefix)) != 0) || |
---|
354 | (strcmp(deviceName, devPrefix) == 0)) |
---|
355 | { |
---|
356 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect parameter (%s) was specified for the device.\nThe value must begin with /dev/.\n", deviceName); |
---|
357 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
358 | } |
---|
359 | |
---|
360 | /* The second arg is the mountpoint parameter, and it is also mandatory. */ |
---|
361 | strcpy(fsName, argv[2]); |
---|
362 | if ((strncmp(fsName, mpPrefix, strlen(mpPrefix)) != 0) || |
---|
363 | (strcmp(fsName, mpPrefix) == 0)) |
---|
364 | { |
---|
365 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect parameter (%s) was specified for the mountpoint.\nThe value must begin with a /.\n", fsName); |
---|
366 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
367 | } |
---|
368 | |
---|
369 | /* Clear the input control file string before processing parameters. */ |
---|
370 | *inputCtrlFile = '\0'; |
---|
371 | |
---|
372 | /* Adjust argc and argv now that we've processed the first two parameters. */ |
---|
373 | argc = argc - 2; |
---|
374 | argv[2] = argv[0]; |
---|
375 | argv = &argv[2]; |
---|
376 | |
---|
377 | /* Parse the remainder of the parameter string. */ |
---|
378 | while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "n:r:Rt:T")) != EOF) |
---|
379 | { |
---|
380 | switch (c) |
---|
381 | { |
---|
382 | case 'n': // control file |
---|
383 | if (Resume) |
---|
384 | { |
---|
385 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -n and -R\n"); |
---|
386 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
387 | } |
---|
388 | strncpy(inputCtrlFile, optarg, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
389 | if (stat(inputCtrlFile, &statBuf) == -1) // Does the file exist? |
---|
390 | { |
---|
391 | fprintf(stderr, "Control file %s does not exist, errno=%d\n", |
---|
392 | inputCtrlFile, errno); |
---|
393 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
394 | } |
---|
395 | break; |
---|
396 | |
---|
397 | case 'r': // I/O rate |
---|
398 | ioRate = atoi((const char *) (optarg)); |
---|
399 | if ((ioRate <= 0) || (ioRate > 100)) |
---|
400 | { |
---|
401 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect value (%d) was specified for IOrate.\nSpecify a value between 0 and 100.\n", ioRate); |
---|
402 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
403 | } |
---|
404 | break; |
---|
405 | |
---|
406 | case 'R': // resume backup |
---|
407 | if (strcmp((const char *) inputCtrlFile, "") != 0) |
---|
408 | { |
---|
409 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -n and -R\n"); |
---|
410 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
411 | } |
---|
412 | if (Full || Incremental) |
---|
413 | { |
---|
414 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -t and -R\n"); |
---|
415 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
416 | } |
---|
417 | Resume = true; |
---|
418 | Incremental = false; |
---|
419 | Full = false; |
---|
420 | break; |
---|
421 | |
---|
422 | case 't': // backup type (full or incremental) |
---|
423 | if (Resume) |
---|
424 | { |
---|
425 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -t and -R\n"); |
---|
426 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
427 | } |
---|
428 | if ( (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "full") == 0) || |
---|
429 | (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "Full") == 0) ) |
---|
430 | { |
---|
431 | Full = true; |
---|
432 | Incremental = false; |
---|
433 | Resume = false; |
---|
434 | } |
---|
435 | else if ( (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "incremental") == 0) || |
---|
436 | (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "Incremental") == 0) ) |
---|
437 | { |
---|
438 | Incremental = true; |
---|
439 | Full = false; |
---|
440 | Resume = false; |
---|
441 | } |
---|
442 | else |
---|
443 | { |
---|
444 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
445 | "The value (%s) specified for the -t flag is not valid.\n", |
---|
446 | optarg); |
---|
447 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
448 | } |
---|
449 | break; |
---|
450 | |
---|
451 | case 'T': // enable tracing |
---|
452 | Tracing = true; |
---|
453 | break; |
---|
454 | |
---|
455 | default: |
---|
456 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
457 | |
---|
458 | } |
---|
459 | } |
---|
460 | |
---|
461 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
462 | |
---|
463 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
464 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS; i++) { |
---|
465 | shadowFileNumberOfRecords[i] = 0; |
---|
466 | } |
---|
467 | |
---|
468 | /* Obtain the pid number and node name for this invocation of tsbackup |
---|
469 | for later use by the mmexectsmcmd script. */ |
---|
470 | rc = gethostname(masterNode, MAX_NAME_CHARS); |
---|
471 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
472 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
473 | "gethostname() failed; unable to obtain the name of the invoking node.\n"); |
---|
474 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
475 | } |
---|
476 | masterPID = getpid(); |
---|
477 | |
---|
478 | /* The names of the following files are based on the mount point |
---|
479 | of the filesystem. */ |
---|
480 | |
---|
481 | /* Construct the name for the backup control file. */ |
---|
482 | snprintf(fsBackupCtrl, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupControlName); |
---|
483 | |
---|
484 | /* Construct the name for the filesizes file. */ |
---|
485 | snprintf(filesizesFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupFilesizesName); |
---|
486 | |
---|
487 | /* Construct the name for the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
488 | snprintf(backupShadowFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupShadowName); |
---|
489 | |
---|
490 | /* Construct the name for the prior backup shadow file. */ |
---|
491 | snprintf(backupShadowCheck, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
492 | fsName, shadowCheckName); |
---|
493 | |
---|
494 | /* Create the name of the transactionsList file. */ |
---|
495 | snprintf(transactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, transListName); |
---|
496 | |
---|
497 | #if 0 |
---|
498 | // BCH - The following code snippet was left here to demonstrate how to |
---|
499 | // BCH use the consoleTime routine should it be needed in the future. |
---|
500 | /* Construct a timestamp-based name for the snapshot |
---|
501 | to ensure its uniqueness (and thus avoid name collisions). */ |
---|
502 | snprintf(timeString, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s", consoleTime(timeBufP)); |
---|
503 | while ((cp = strchr(timeString, ' ')) != NULL) /* replace blanks with */ |
---|
504 | { /* underscore chars */ |
---|
505 | *cp = '_'; |
---|
506 | } |
---|
507 | snprintf(fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s_%s", |
---|
508 | fsSnapshotName_base, timeString); |
---|
509 | #endif |
---|
510 | |
---|
511 | /* Construct the name for the snapshot of the filesystem. */ |
---|
512 | snprintf(fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s", fsSnapshotName_base); |
---|
513 | |
---|
514 | /* Process whatever type of backup was specified. */ |
---|
515 | if (Full) /* full backup */ |
---|
516 | { |
---|
517 | assert((Resume == false) && (Incremental == 0)); |
---|
518 | rc = doFSFullBackup(fsName); |
---|
519 | switch (rc) |
---|
520 | { |
---|
521 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
522 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFullBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
523 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: full backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
524 | break; |
---|
525 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
526 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
527 | "tsbackup: full backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
528 | break; |
---|
529 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
530 | printf( |
---|
531 | "tsbackup: full backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
532 | break; |
---|
533 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
534 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFullBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
535 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
536 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: full backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
537 | break; |
---|
538 | } |
---|
539 | } /* end full backup */ |
---|
540 | |
---|
541 | else if (Incremental == 1) /* incremental backup */ |
---|
542 | { |
---|
543 | /* If an input control file was passed it will be ignored and the |
---|
544 | information in the backup control file will be used instead. */ |
---|
545 | rc = doFSIncrementalBackup(fsName); |
---|
546 | switch (rc) |
---|
547 | { |
---|
548 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
549 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSIncrementalBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
550 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: incremental backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
551 | return(rc); |
---|
552 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
553 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
554 | "tsbackup: incremental backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
555 | rc); |
---|
556 | break; |
---|
557 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
558 | printf( |
---|
559 | "tsbackup: incremental backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
560 | rc); |
---|
561 | break; |
---|
562 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
563 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
564 | "doFSIncrementalBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
565 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
566 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: incremental backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
567 | } |
---|
568 | } /* end incremental backup */ |
---|
569 | |
---|
570 | else if (Resume) /* resume backup */ |
---|
571 | { |
---|
572 | /* |
---|
573 | * A resume backup may be done if the previous backup operation |
---|
574 | * finished with partial success. This information is saved |
---|
575 | * in the backup control file. Additionally, with partial success |
---|
576 | * a file named .PendingTransactions should exist which contains |
---|
577 | * the names of the files which were not successfully backed up |
---|
578 | * during the previous backup attempt. |
---|
579 | * If an input control file was passed, it will be ignored and the |
---|
580 | * existing information in the backup control file will be used instead. |
---|
581 | */ |
---|
582 | rc = doFSResumeBackup(fsName, &backupType); |
---|
583 | switch (rc) |
---|
584 | { |
---|
585 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
586 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: resume of %s backup failed, rc = %d\n", |
---|
587 | backupType, rc); |
---|
588 | break; |
---|
589 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
590 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
591 | "tsbackup: resume of %s backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
592 | backupType, rc); |
---|
593 | break; |
---|
594 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
595 | printf( |
---|
596 | "tsbackup: resume of %s backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
597 | backupType, rc); |
---|
598 | break; |
---|
599 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
600 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
601 | "doFSResumeBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
602 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
603 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: resume of %s backup failed, rc = %d\n", |
---|
604 | backupType, rc); |
---|
605 | break; |
---|
606 | } |
---|
607 | } /* end resume backup */ |
---|
608 | |
---|
609 | else |
---|
610 | { |
---|
611 | /* We should not get here. */ |
---|
612 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid parms: specify full, incremental, or resume.\n"); |
---|
613 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
614 | errno = EINVAL; |
---|
615 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
616 | |
---|
617 | } /* end if (Full) */ |
---|
618 | |
---|
619 | /* If the the message process was forked, kill it now, |
---|
620 | since tsbackup is about to exit. */ |
---|
621 | if (msgChildPid != 0) |
---|
622 | { |
---|
623 | tmp = kill(msgChildPid, SIGTERM); |
---|
624 | } |
---|
625 | |
---|
626 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
627 | |
---|
628 | exit(rc); |
---|
629 | |
---|
630 | } /*------ end of main ----------------*/ |
---|
631 | |
---|
632 | |
---|
633 | /* |
---|
634 | * NAME: doFSFullBackup() |
---|
635 | * |
---|
636 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
637 | * Do a full backup of a filesystem. |
---|
638 | * |
---|
639 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
640 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
641 | * |
---|
642 | * RETURNS: |
---|
643 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
644 | * |
---|
645 | * NOTES: |
---|
646 | * - Take a new snapshot under the new name. |
---|
647 | * - Backup the new snapshot. |
---|
648 | * - For each server involved with the previous backup, have a client issue |
---|
649 | * the "Delete Filespace" TSM command. |
---|
650 | */ |
---|
651 | int doFSFullBackup(char *fsName) |
---|
652 | { |
---|
653 | Int32 tmp, keep_rc, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
654 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
655 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
656 | char* fn = "doFSFullBackup"; |
---|
657 | |
---|
658 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
659 | |
---|
660 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file from a previous backup. */ |
---|
661 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
662 | if (rc == RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
663 | { |
---|
664 | /* Load the global backup control structure with the |
---|
665 | information from the backup control file. */ |
---|
666 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlP); |
---|
667 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
668 | { |
---|
669 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
670 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
671 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
672 | } |
---|
673 | |
---|
674 | /* If an input control file was specified, load the information |
---|
675 | in it into the backup control structure just initialized by |
---|
676 | the call to processBackupCtrlFile(). This will cause the |
---|
677 | contents of the input control file to override the controls |
---|
678 | in effect at the time of the last backup. */ |
---|
679 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
680 | { |
---|
681 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, &backupControlP, false); |
---|
682 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
683 | { |
---|
684 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
685 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
686 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
687 | } |
---|
688 | } |
---|
689 | } |
---|
690 | else |
---|
691 | { |
---|
692 | /* Here if there is no backup control file (i.e., this is the first |
---|
693 | backup). The user should have specified an input control file. */ |
---|
694 | |
---|
695 | /* If an input control file was specified, use its information |
---|
696 | to create the backup control structure. */ |
---|
697 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
698 | { |
---|
699 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, &backupControlP, true); |
---|
700 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
701 | { |
---|
702 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
703 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
704 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
705 | } |
---|
706 | } |
---|
707 | else |
---|
708 | { |
---|
709 | /* There is no input control file and no prior backup control file. |
---|
710 | Print an error message and return failure. */ |
---|
711 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to proceed because no control file was specified and there is no prior backup control file.\n"); |
---|
712 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
713 | } |
---|
714 | } |
---|
715 | backupControlHdrP = (backup_control_hdr_t *) backupControlP; |
---|
716 | |
---|
717 | /* Delete any pending files left over from a prior backup that |
---|
718 | was partially successful. Once a full backup is issued, |
---|
719 | a resume backup is no longer an option. */ |
---|
720 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
721 | unlink(sstring); |
---|
722 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
723 | unlink(sstring); |
---|
724 | |
---|
725 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
726 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
727 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
728 | |
---|
729 | /* Create a snapshot and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
730 | rc = createBackupSnapshot(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
731 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
732 | { |
---|
733 | fprintf(stderr, "createBackupSnapshot returned with rc = %d.\n", rc); |
---|
734 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
735 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
736 | } |
---|
737 | else |
---|
738 | { |
---|
739 | /* Save the name of the snapshot in the gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
740 | strncpy(backupControlHdrP->snapshotName, fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
741 | } |
---|
742 | |
---|
743 | /* Do a backup of the snapshot and determine the level of success. */ |
---|
744 | rc = doFSBackup(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
745 | switch (rc) |
---|
746 | { |
---|
747 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation succeeded. */ |
---|
748 | keep_rc = rc; |
---|
749 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
750 | break; |
---|
751 | |
---|
752 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation partially succeeded. */ |
---|
753 | keep_rc = rc; |
---|
754 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
755 | strcpy(backupControlHdrP->backupType, "full"); |
---|
756 | break; |
---|
757 | |
---|
758 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
759 | default: |
---|
760 | /* Indicate an unexpected error. */ |
---|
761 | if (rc != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
762 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
763 | } else { |
---|
764 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
765 | } |
---|
766 | keep_rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
767 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
768 | break; |
---|
769 | } |
---|
770 | |
---|
771 | /* Write the updated backup control data to the backup control file. */ |
---|
772 | rc = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
773 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
774 | { |
---|
775 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
776 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
777 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
778 | } |
---|
779 | |
---|
780 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
781 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
782 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
783 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
784 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
785 | { |
---|
786 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
787 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
788 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
789 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
790 | |
---|
791 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
792 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
793 | { |
---|
794 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
795 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
796 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
797 | } |
---|
798 | } |
---|
799 | |
---|
800 | /* Release the memory for the backup control structure. */ |
---|
801 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
802 | |
---|
803 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
804 | |
---|
805 | /* Return to caller with appropriate return code. */ |
---|
806 | return(keep_rc); |
---|
807 | |
---|
808 | } /*------ end of doFSFullBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
809 | |
---|
810 | |
---|
811 | /* |
---|
812 | * NAME: doFSIncrementalBackup() |
---|
813 | * |
---|
814 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
815 | * Do an incremental backup of a filesystem. |
---|
816 | * |
---|
817 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
818 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
819 | * |
---|
820 | * RETURNS: |
---|
821 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
822 | * |
---|
823 | * NOTES: |
---|
824 | * OPERATION: BCH - these comments no longer match the code well |
---|
825 | * - Take a new snapshot and store it at a directory with the previous name. |
---|
826 | * - Handle the deleted files from the FS. (backupControlP is used) |
---|
827 | * - Perform an inodescan operation to determine all directories and |
---|
828 | * files of the FS. |
---|
829 | * - Perform a directory traversal and construct the .backup_shadow file. |
---|
830 | * - Compare the .backup_shadow and .backup_shadow_check files to |
---|
831 | * determine the list of files which need to be deleted. |
---|
832 | * Create a file named .backup_deletions which will contain all |
---|
833 | * these file names. |
---|
834 | * - Handle the files of the filesystem which have changed or are new. |
---|
835 | * - Perform an inodescan operation to determine all directories |
---|
836 | * and files of the filesystem which are new or have changed, |
---|
837 | * passing the old snapshot_ID. |
---|
838 | * - Perform a directory traversal and construct the .backup_shadow file. |
---|
839 | * - Extract all the file names from this .backup_shadow file and put |
---|
840 | * them into a .backup_changes file. |
---|
841 | */ |
---|
842 | int doFSIncrementalBackup(char *fsName) |
---|
843 | { |
---|
844 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
845 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlLocalP = NULL; |
---|
846 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
847 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
848 | char* fn = "doFSIncrementalBackup"; |
---|
849 | |
---|
850 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
851 | |
---|
852 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file. */ |
---|
853 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
854 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
855 | { |
---|
856 | /* Error: there is no backup control file. */ |
---|
857 | /* Print error message and return failure. */ |
---|
858 | fprintf(stderr, "A backup type of incremental was specified, but a backup control file\nfrom a previous backup does not exist.\n"); |
---|
859 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
860 | } |
---|
861 | |
---|
862 | /* Load the local backup control structure with the |
---|
863 | information from the latest backup control file. */ |
---|
864 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlLocalP); |
---|
865 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
866 | { |
---|
867 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
868 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
869 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
870 | } |
---|
871 | |
---|
872 | /* If the previous backup did not complete successfully, issue a message |
---|
873 | that it must be completed before an incremental backup will proceed. */ |
---|
874 | if (backupControlLocalP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL) |
---|
875 | { |
---|
876 | fprintf(stderr, "An incremental backup cannot be performed because the most recent backup did not complete successfully.\n"); // BCH - msg catalog cand. |
---|
877 | free((void *) backupControlLocalP); |
---|
878 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
879 | } |
---|
880 | backupControlHdrP = (backup_control_hdr_t *) backupControlLocalP; |
---|
881 | |
---|
882 | /* If an input control file was specified, load the information |
---|
883 | in it into the backup control structure just initialized by |
---|
884 | the call to processBackupCtrlFile(). This will cause the |
---|
885 | contents of the input control file to override the controls |
---|
886 | in effect at the time of the last backup. */ |
---|
887 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
888 | { |
---|
889 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, |
---|
890 | &backupControlLocalP, false); |
---|
891 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
892 | { |
---|
893 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
894 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
895 | } |
---|
896 | } |
---|
897 | |
---|
898 | /* Set the global variable backupControlP to point to the backupControlLocalP |
---|
899 | structure for the soon-to-happen call to doFSFileDeletions(). */ |
---|
900 | backupControlP = backupControlLocalP; |
---|
901 | |
---|
902 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
903 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
904 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
905 | |
---|
906 | /* Create a snapshot and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
907 | rc = createBackupSnapshot(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
908 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
909 | { |
---|
910 | fprintf(stderr, "createBackupSnapshot returned with rc = %d.\n", rc); |
---|
911 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
912 | goto release_storage; |
---|
913 | } |
---|
914 | else |
---|
915 | { |
---|
916 | /* Save the name of the snapshot in the gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
917 | strncpy(backupControlHdrP->snapshotName, fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
918 | } |
---|
919 | |
---|
920 | /* Save the snapshot id from the previous backup for later use |
---|
921 | by doFSFileChanges. The value is saved here because it will |
---|
922 | be changed by doFSFileDeletions when it calls doInodeScan(). */ |
---|
923 | prevSnapId = backupControlP->backupHdr.snapshotId; |
---|
924 | |
---|
925 | /* First, process the files that have been deleted |
---|
926 | from the filesystem since the previous backup. */ |
---|
927 | rc1 = doFSFileDeletions(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
928 | switch (rc1) |
---|
929 | { |
---|
930 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
931 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
932 | break; |
---|
933 | |
---|
934 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
935 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
936 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
937 | if (rc1 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
938 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned unexpected rc = %d\n",rc); |
---|
939 | } else { |
---|
940 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
941 | } |
---|
942 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
943 | |
---|
944 | /* Next, update the archive to reflect the new and changed files |
---|
945 | in the filesystem. */ |
---|
946 | rc2 = doFSFileChanges(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
947 | switch (rc2) |
---|
948 | { |
---|
949 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
950 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
951 | break; |
---|
952 | |
---|
953 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
954 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
955 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
956 | if (rc2 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
957 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileChanges() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
958 | } else { |
---|
959 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileChanges() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
960 | } |
---|
961 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
962 | |
---|
963 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
964 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
965 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
966 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
967 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
968 | } else { |
---|
969 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
970 | } |
---|
971 | |
---|
972 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
973 | switch (rc) |
---|
974 | { |
---|
975 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had total success. */ |
---|
976 | /* Delete any pending transactions file left over |
---|
977 | from a previous partial success. */ |
---|
978 | unlink(pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
979 | |
---|
980 | /* Erase the backup control file. */ |
---|
981 | unlink(fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
982 | |
---|
983 | /* Indicate complete success. */ |
---|
984 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
985 | break; |
---|
986 | |
---|
987 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success. */ |
---|
988 | /* Erase the backup control file. */ |
---|
989 | unlink(fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
990 | |
---|
991 | /* Indicate partial success and store the backup type. */ |
---|
992 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
993 | strcpy(backupControlHdrP->backupType, "incremental"); |
---|
994 | break; |
---|
995 | |
---|
996 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
997 | default: |
---|
998 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
999 | break; |
---|
1000 | } |
---|
1001 | |
---|
1002 | delete_snapshot: |
---|
1003 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
1004 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
1005 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
1006 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
1007 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
1008 | { |
---|
1009 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
1010 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
1011 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
1012 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
1013 | |
---|
1014 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
1015 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
1016 | { |
---|
1017 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
1018 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1019 | } |
---|
1020 | } |
---|
1021 | |
---|
1022 | /* Write the updated backup control data to the backup control file. */ |
---|
1023 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
1024 | if (tmp != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1025 | { |
---|
1026 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
1027 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
1028 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1029 | } |
---|
1030 | |
---|
1031 | release_storage: |
---|
1032 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
1033 | |
---|
1034 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1035 | |
---|
1036 | return(rc); |
---|
1037 | |
---|
1038 | } /*------ end of doFSIncrementalBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
1039 | |
---|
1040 | |
---|
1041 | /* |
---|
1042 | * NAME: doFSResumeBackup() |
---|
1043 | * |
---|
1044 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1045 | * Resume the latest backup operation of a filesystem. |
---|
1046 | * |
---|
1047 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
1048 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name of the mounted filesystem |
---|
1049 | * backupType: (OUT) pointer to the type of the backup that was resumed |
---|
1050 | * |
---|
1051 | * RETURNS: |
---|
1052 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
1053 | * |
---|
1054 | * NOTES: |
---|
1055 | */ |
---|
1056 | int doFSResumeBackup(char *fsName, char **backupType) |
---|
1057 | { |
---|
1058 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1059 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlP = NULL; |
---|
1060 | Boolean pendingWorkFound = false; |
---|
1061 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
1062 | char* fn = "doFSResumeBackup"; |
---|
1063 | |
---|
1064 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1065 | |
---|
1066 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file. */ |
---|
1067 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
1068 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1069 | { |
---|
1070 | /* Error: there is no backup control file. |
---|
1071 | Print error message and return failure. */ |
---|
1072 | fprintf(stderr, "The resume flag was specified, but a backup control file from a\nprevious backup does not exist.\n"); |
---|
1073 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1074 | } |
---|
1075 | |
---|
1076 | /* Load the global backup control structure with the |
---|
1077 | information from the latest backup control file. */ |
---|
1078 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlP); |
---|
1079 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1080 | { |
---|
1081 | *backupType = "unknown type"; |
---|
1082 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
1083 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1084 | } |
---|
1085 | |
---|
1086 | /* Set the pointer to the backup type for use by the caller. */ |
---|
1087 | *backupType = backupControlP->backupHdr.backupType; |
---|
1088 | |
---|
1089 | /* Verify that the current completion indication is partial completion. */ |
---|
1090 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
1091 | { |
---|
1092 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to resume; either the previous backup was completely successful,\nor it did not succeed enough to be resumable.\n"); // BCH - possible candidate for message catalog |
---|
1093 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
1094 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1095 | } |
---|
1096 | |
---|
1097 | /* Create the full path name for the filesystem snapshot. */ |
---|
1098 | strncpy(fsSnapshotName, backupControlP->backupHdr.snapshotName, |
---|
1099 | MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
1100 | |
---|
1101 | /* Get the snapshot handle for the snapshot, and then use |
---|
1102 | the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
1103 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
1104 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
1105 | { |
---|
1106 | rc = errno; |
---|
1107 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
1108 | "doFSResumeBackup", fsName, fsSnapshotName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
1109 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1110 | } |
---|
1111 | snapshotPathname = gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
1112 | if (snapshotPathname == NULL) |
---|
1113 | { |
---|
1114 | rc = errno; |
---|
1115 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(%s): %s\n", |
---|
1116 | "doFSResumeBackup", fsSnapHandleP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
1117 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1118 | } |
---|
1119 | strcpy(fsSnapshotPathname, snapshotPathname); |
---|
1120 | |
---|
1121 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
1122 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
1123 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
1124 | |
---|
1125 | /* Create the full pathname for the pending deletions file. */ |
---|
1126 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
1127 | fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
1128 | |
---|
1129 | /* Check whether the pending deletions file exists. */ |
---|
1130 | tmp = stat(pendingTransactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
1131 | if (tmp == -1) |
---|
1132 | { |
---|
1133 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
1134 | { |
---|
1135 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
1136 | pendingTransactionsList, errno); |
---|
1137 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1138 | } |
---|
1139 | } |
---|
1140 | else |
---|
1141 | { |
---|
1142 | /* Rename the pending deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
1143 | tmp = rename(pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList); |
---|
1144 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
1145 | { |
---|
1146 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
1147 | pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
1148 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
1149 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1150 | } |
---|
1151 | |
---|
1152 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
1153 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
1154 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
1155 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
1156 | rc1 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
1157 | transactionCmdExpire, |
---|
1158 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
1159 | backupControlP, |
---|
1160 | true); |
---|
1161 | |
---|
1162 | // Set flag to indicate something was found and processed. |
---|
1163 | pendingWorkFound = true; |
---|
1164 | } |
---|
1165 | |
---|
1166 | /* Create the full pathname for the pending changes file. */ |
---|
1167 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
1168 | fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
1169 | |
---|
1170 | /* Check whether the pending changes file exists. */ |
---|
1171 | tmp = stat(pendingTransactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
1172 | if (tmp == -1) |
---|
1173 | { |
---|
1174 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
1175 | { |
---|
1176 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
1177 | pendingTransactionsList, errno); |
---|
1178 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1179 | } |
---|
1180 | } |
---|
1181 | else |
---|
1182 | { |
---|
1183 | /* Rename the pending deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
1184 | tmp = rename(pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList); |
---|
1185 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
1186 | { |
---|
1187 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
1188 | pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
1189 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
1190 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1191 | } |
---|
1192 | |
---|
1193 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
1194 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
1195 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
1196 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
1197 | rc2 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
1198 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
1199 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
1200 | backupControlP, |
---|
1201 | true); |
---|
1202 | |
---|
1203 | // Set flag to indicate something was found and processed. |
---|
1204 | pendingWorkFound = true; |
---|
1205 | } |
---|
1206 | |
---|
1207 | // If no work was found, issue an error and exit. |
---|
1208 | if (pendingWorkFound == false) |
---|
1209 | { |
---|
1210 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
1211 | "Resume was specified, but no pending work files were found.\n"); |
---|
1212 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
1213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1214 | } |
---|
1215 | |
---|
1216 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
1217 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
1218 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
1219 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
1220 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
1221 | } else { |
---|
1222 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1223 | } |
---|
1224 | |
---|
1225 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
1226 | switch (rc) |
---|
1227 | { |
---|
1228 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
1229 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate full. */ |
---|
1230 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
1231 | break; |
---|
1232 | |
---|
1233 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
1234 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate partial success. */ |
---|
1235 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
1236 | break; |
---|
1237 | |
---|
1238 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
1239 | default: /* Unexpected rc */ |
---|
1240 | /* Issue error message. */ |
---|
1241 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
1242 | |
---|
1243 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate complete failure. */ |
---|
1244 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
1245 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
1246 | break; |
---|
1247 | } |
---|
1248 | |
---|
1249 | /* Recreate the backup control file with the updated control data. */ |
---|
1250 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
1251 | if (tmp != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1252 | { |
---|
1253 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
1254 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
1255 | "doFSResumeBackup(): createBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
1256 | tmp); |
---|
1257 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
1258 | } |
---|
1259 | |
---|
1260 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
1261 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
1262 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
1263 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
1264 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
1265 | { |
---|
1266 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
1267 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
1268 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
1269 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
1270 | |
---|
1271 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
1272 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
1273 | { |
---|
1274 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
1275 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1276 | } |
---|
1277 | } |
---|
1278 | |
---|
1279 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
1280 | |
---|
1281 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1282 | |
---|
1283 | return(rc); |
---|
1284 | |
---|
1285 | } /*------ end of doFSResumeBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
1286 | |
---|
1287 | |
---|
1288 | /* |
---|
1289 | * NAME: doFSBackup() |
---|
1290 | * |
---|
1291 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1292 | * Do a full backup of a filesystem. |
---|
1293 | * |
---|
1294 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
1295 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name of the mounted filesystem |
---|
1296 | * fsSnapshotPathName: (IN) the full path name of the filesystem |
---|
1297 | * snapshot which is to be backed up |
---|
1298 | * |
---|
1299 | * RETURNS: |
---|
1300 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
1301 | * |
---|
1302 | * NOTES: |
---|
1303 | */ |
---|
1304 | int doFSBackup(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
1305 | { |
---|
1306 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1307 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
1308 | Int32 clientIndex, numClients; |
---|
1309 | char filenameTemp[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
1310 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP; |
---|
1311 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
1312 | char* fn = "doFSBackup"; |
---|
1313 | |
---|
1314 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1315 | |
---|
1316 | /* If there is a prior backup (as evidenced by the existence of |
---|
1317 | a shadow check file), process any files that have been deleted |
---|
1318 | since that backup was made. */ |
---|
1319 | if (stat(backupShadowCheck, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
1320 | { |
---|
1321 | /* Process the files that have been deleted from the |
---|
1322 | filesystem since the previous backup. */ |
---|
1323 | rc1 = doFSFileDeletions(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
1324 | switch (rc1) |
---|
1325 | { |
---|
1326 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
1327 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
1328 | break; |
---|
1329 | |
---|
1330 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
1331 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
1332 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
1333 | if (rc1 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
1334 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
1335 | "doFSFileDeletions() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc1); |
---|
1336 | } else { |
---|
1337 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc1); |
---|
1338 | } |
---|
1339 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
1340 | |
---|
1341 | } else { |
---|
1342 | |
---|
1343 | /* We come here if there was no prior backup, so doFSFileDeletions |
---|
1344 | was not called. As a result, the backup shadow file has not |
---|
1345 | been created yet. Proceed to do that now. */ |
---|
1346 | |
---|
1347 | /* Do an inodescan. */ |
---|
1348 | inodeBitsArrayP = &inodeBitsP; |
---|
1349 | rc2 = doInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, inodeBitsArrayP, backupControlP); |
---|
1350 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1351 | { |
---|
1352 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup(): doInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1353 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1354 | } |
---|
1355 | |
---|
1356 | /* Create a backup shadow file, and store it |
---|
1357 | at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
1358 | numShadows = 1; |
---|
1359 | rc2 = createSnapshotShadows(fsName, numShadows, inodeBitsP); |
---|
1360 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1361 | { |
---|
1362 | fprintf(stderr, "createSnapshotShadows() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1363 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
1364 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1365 | } |
---|
1366 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
1367 | |
---|
1368 | /* Sort the backup shadow file(s) by inode number. */ |
---|
1369 | rc2 = sortShadowfilesByInode(numShadows); |
---|
1370 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1371 | { |
---|
1372 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByInode() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1373 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1374 | } |
---|
1375 | |
---|
1376 | /* Update the .backup_shadow0 file with the correct |
---|
1377 | file sizes and erase the filesizes file. */ |
---|
1378 | rc2 = updateShadowfilesFilesizes(numShadows); |
---|
1379 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1380 | { |
---|
1381 | fprintf(stderr, "updateShadowfilesFilesizes() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1382 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1383 | } |
---|
1384 | |
---|
1385 | /* Sort the backup shadow file into alphabetical order by filename, |
---|
1386 | and store the results in a single backup shadow file. */ |
---|
1387 | rc2 = sortShadowfilesByFilename(); |
---|
1388 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1389 | { |
---|
1390 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByFilename() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1391 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1392 | } |
---|
1393 | } |
---|
1394 | |
---|
1395 | /* Create the list of files to be processed. */ |
---|
1396 | rc2 = createFilelist(fsName, backupControlP); |
---|
1397 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
1398 | { |
---|
1399 | fprintf(stderr, "createFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
1400 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1401 | } |
---|
1402 | |
---|
1403 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
1404 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
1405 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
1406 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
1407 | rc2 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
1408 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
1409 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
1410 | backupControlP, |
---|
1411 | true); |
---|
1412 | |
---|
1413 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
1414 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
1415 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
1416 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
1417 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
1418 | } else { |
---|
1419 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1420 | } |
---|
1421 | |
---|
1422 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
1423 | switch (rc) |
---|
1424 | { |
---|
1425 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had total success. */ |
---|
1426 | /* We have complete success; delete any pending transactions file |
---|
1427 | left over from a previous partial success. */ |
---|
1428 | unlink(pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
1429 | /* Intentionally fall into the partial success case. */ |
---|
1430 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success. */ |
---|
1431 | /* Rename the backup shadow file to be the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
1432 | tmp = rename(backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck); |
---|
1433 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
1434 | { |
---|
1435 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
1436 | backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck, tmp); |
---|
1437 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1438 | } |
---|
1439 | break; |
---|
1440 | |
---|
1441 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
1442 | default: |
---|
1443 | /* The command failed. Cleanup the various files that were created. */ |
---|
1444 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
1445 | /* Leave the files as is for failure analysis. */ |
---|
1446 | #else |
---|
1447 | /* We need to do some cleanup here: |
---|
1448 | Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
1449 | numClients = backupControlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
1450 | for (clientIndex = 0; clientIndex < numClients; clientIndex++) |
---|
1451 | { |
---|
1452 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[clientIndex]); |
---|
1453 | } |
---|
1454 | |
---|
1455 | /* Delete the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
1456 | unlink(backupShadowFile); |
---|
1457 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
1458 | |
---|
1459 | break; |
---|
1460 | } |
---|
1461 | |
---|
1462 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1463 | |
---|
1464 | return(rc); |
---|
1465 | |
---|
1466 | } /*------ end of doFSBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
1467 | |
---|
1468 | |
---|
1469 | /* |
---|
1470 | * NAME: checkBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
1471 | * |
---|
1472 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1473 | * Check whether a backup control file exists. |
---|
1474 | * |
---|
1475 | * PARAMETERS: none |
---|
1476 | * |
---|
1477 | * RETURNS: |
---|
1478 | * RC_SUCCESS if file exists, RC_FAIL if it does not. |
---|
1479 | * |
---|
1480 | * NOTES: |
---|
1481 | */ |
---|
1482 | int checkBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
1483 | { |
---|
1484 | Int32 rc; |
---|
1485 | Int32 handle; /* file descriptor for opening a file */ |
---|
1486 | Int32 openFlags; /* flags setting in opening files */ |
---|
1487 | char* fn = "checkBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
1488 | |
---|
1489 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1490 | |
---|
1491 | /* Determine whether the backup control file exists. |
---|
1492 | The presence of this file indicates the existence of a previous backup. */ |
---|
1493 | openFlags = O_RDONLY; |
---|
1494 | handle = open(fsBackupCtrl, openFlags, 0666); |
---|
1495 | if (handle == -1) // if the open of the backup control file failed |
---|
1496 | { |
---|
1497 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
1498 | if (errno != ENOENT) /* The file exists but it could not be opened. */ |
---|
1499 | { |
---|
1500 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open file %s\n", fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
1501 | } |
---|
1502 | } |
---|
1503 | else |
---|
1504 | { |
---|
1505 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1506 | } |
---|
1507 | |
---|
1508 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1509 | |
---|
1510 | return(rc); |
---|
1511 | |
---|
1512 | } /*------ end of checkBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
1513 | |
---|
1514 | |
---|
1515 | |
---|
1516 | /* |
---|
1517 | * Utility functions |
---|
1518 | */ |
---|
1519 | |
---|
1520 | /************************************************************************ |
---|
1521 | * NOTE: The code for these routines is based on equivalent routines |
---|
1522 | * included in the GPFS code for classes. |
---|
1523 | *************************************************************************/ |
---|
1524 | |
---|
1525 | |
---|
1526 | # define BITS_PER_WORD 32 |
---|
1527 | int calcNWords(Int32 size) |
---|
1528 | { |
---|
1529 | return (size + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / BITS_PER_WORD; |
---|
1530 | } |
---|
1531 | |
---|
1532 | |
---|
1533 | /* |
---|
1534 | * NAME: Bitmap() |
---|
1535 | * |
---|
1536 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1537 | * Construct a bit map of a specified size and return its address. |
---|
1538 | */ |
---|
1539 | int Bitmap(Int32 size, Bit initialValue, UInt32 **inodeBitsP) |
---|
1540 | { |
---|
1541 | Int32 i, nWords; |
---|
1542 | UInt32 fillWord, endMask; |
---|
1543 | Int32 shift; |
---|
1544 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
1545 | |
---|
1546 | /* Compute size of array of UInts, then allocate and initialize it */ |
---|
1547 | assert(size > 0); |
---|
1548 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
1549 | |
---|
1550 | bitsP = (UInt32 *) malloc(nWords * 4); |
---|
1551 | |
---|
1552 | if (bitsP == NULL) |
---|
1553 | return(-1); |
---|
1554 | |
---|
1555 | if (initialValue == oneBit) |
---|
1556 | fillWord = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
1557 | else |
---|
1558 | fillWord = 0x00000000; |
---|
1559 | |
---|
1560 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
1561 | bitsP[i] = fillWord; |
---|
1562 | |
---|
1563 | /* Harbison/Steele C book says: |
---|
1564 | "The result value is also undefined if the value of the right |
---|
1565 | operand is greater than or equal to the width (in bit positions) |
---|
1566 | of the value of the converted left operand." In other words, |
---|
1567 | if you shift an int by 32 bits or more, the result is undefined. */ |
---|
1568 | shift = (BITS_PER_WORD - (size%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
1569 | |
---|
1570 | if (shift == BITS_PER_WORD) |
---|
1571 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
1572 | else |
---|
1573 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF << shift; |
---|
1574 | |
---|
1575 | bitsP[nWords-1] = fillWord & endMask; |
---|
1576 | *inodeBitsP = bitsP; |
---|
1577 | |
---|
1578 | return(0); |
---|
1579 | |
---|
1580 | } /*------ end of Bitmap() ----------------*/ |
---|
1581 | |
---|
1582 | |
---|
1583 | #if 0 |
---|
1584 | /* |
---|
1585 | * NAME: getValue() |
---|
1586 | * |
---|
1587 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1588 | * Return the current value of the bit with a given index. |
---|
1589 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
1590 | */ |
---|
1591 | int getValue(UInt32 *inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* bitP) |
---|
1592 | { |
---|
1593 | UInt32 word; |
---|
1594 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
1595 | |
---|
1596 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
1597 | if (index < 0) |
---|
1598 | return EINVAL; |
---|
1599 | |
---|
1600 | word = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
1601 | |
---|
1602 | if ((word & (0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD))) == 0x0) |
---|
1603 | *bitP = zeroBit; |
---|
1604 | else |
---|
1605 | *bitP = oneBit; |
---|
1606 | |
---|
1607 | return 0; |
---|
1608 | |
---|
1609 | } /*------ end of getValue() ----------------*/ |
---|
1610 | #endif |
---|
1611 | |
---|
1612 | |
---|
1613 | /* |
---|
1614 | * NAME: testBit() |
---|
1615 | * |
---|
1616 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1617 | * Test a bit in a bit array. |
---|
1618 | * Returns non-zero if the bit with the given index is a oneBit. |
---|
1619 | * Returns 0 if the index is out of range. |
---|
1620 | */ |
---|
1621 | const UInt32 testBit(UInt32* inodeBitsP, Int32 index) |
---|
1622 | { |
---|
1623 | UInt32 word; |
---|
1624 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
1625 | |
---|
1626 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
1627 | |
---|
1628 | if (index < 0) |
---|
1629 | { |
---|
1630 | return 0; |
---|
1631 | } |
---|
1632 | |
---|
1633 | word = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
1634 | |
---|
1635 | return word & (0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
1636 | |
---|
1637 | } /*------ end of testBit() ----------------*/ |
---|
1638 | |
---|
1639 | |
---|
1640 | /* |
---|
1641 | * NAME: setToZero() |
---|
1642 | * |
---|
1643 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1644 | * Set the value of a given bit in a bit array to zeroBit. |
---|
1645 | * If oldValueP is not null, the old value of the bit is returned. |
---|
1646 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
1647 | */ |
---|
1648 | int setToZero(inodeBitsArray inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* oldValueP) |
---|
1649 | { |
---|
1650 | UInt32 oldWord; |
---|
1651 | UInt32 mask; |
---|
1652 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
1653 | |
---|
1654 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
1655 | |
---|
1656 | if (index < 0) |
---|
1657 | { |
---|
1658 | return EINVAL; |
---|
1659 | } |
---|
1660 | |
---|
1661 | oldWord = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
1662 | |
---|
1663 | mask = 0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD); |
---|
1664 | |
---|
1665 | if ((oldWord & mask) == 0x0) |
---|
1666 | { |
---|
1667 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
1668 | { |
---|
1669 | *oldValueP = zeroBit; |
---|
1670 | } |
---|
1671 | } |
---|
1672 | else |
---|
1673 | { |
---|
1674 | bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD] = oldWord & ~mask; |
---|
1675 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
1676 | { |
---|
1677 | *oldValueP = oneBit; |
---|
1678 | } |
---|
1679 | } |
---|
1680 | |
---|
1681 | return 0; |
---|
1682 | |
---|
1683 | } /*------ end of setToZero() ----------------*/ |
---|
1684 | |
---|
1685 | |
---|
1686 | /* |
---|
1687 | * NAME: setToOne() |
---|
1688 | * |
---|
1689 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1690 | * Set the value of a given bit in a bit array to oneBit. |
---|
1691 | * If oldValueP is not null, the old value of the bit is returned. |
---|
1692 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
1693 | */ |
---|
1694 | int setToOne(UInt32* inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* oldValueP) |
---|
1695 | { |
---|
1696 | UInt32 oldWord; |
---|
1697 | UInt32 mask; |
---|
1698 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
1699 | |
---|
1700 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
1701 | |
---|
1702 | if (index < 0) |
---|
1703 | { |
---|
1704 | return EINVAL; |
---|
1705 | } |
---|
1706 | |
---|
1707 | oldWord = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
1708 | |
---|
1709 | mask = 0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD); |
---|
1710 | |
---|
1711 | if ((oldWord & mask) == 0x0) |
---|
1712 | { |
---|
1713 | bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD] = oldWord | mask; |
---|
1714 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
1715 | { |
---|
1716 | *oldValueP = zeroBit; |
---|
1717 | } |
---|
1718 | } |
---|
1719 | else |
---|
1720 | { |
---|
1721 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
1722 | { |
---|
1723 | *oldValueP = oneBit; |
---|
1724 | } |
---|
1725 | } |
---|
1726 | |
---|
1727 | return 0; |
---|
1728 | |
---|
1729 | } /*------ end of setToOne() ----------------*/ |
---|
1730 | |
---|
1731 | |
---|
1732 | /* |
---|
1733 | * NAME: setAllToZero() |
---|
1734 | * |
---|
1735 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1736 | * Set all the bits of a bit array to zero. |
---|
1737 | */ |
---|
1738 | void setAllToZero(UInt32* bitsP, Int32 size) |
---|
1739 | { |
---|
1740 | Int32 i; |
---|
1741 | Int64 nWords; |
---|
1742 | |
---|
1743 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
1744 | |
---|
1745 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
1746 | { |
---|
1747 | bitsP[i] = 0x0; |
---|
1748 | } |
---|
1749 | |
---|
1750 | } /*------ end of setAllToZero() ----------------*/ |
---|
1751 | |
---|
1752 | |
---|
1753 | /* |
---|
1754 | * NAME: setAllToOne() |
---|
1755 | * |
---|
1756 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1757 | * Set all the bits of a bit array to one. |
---|
1758 | */ |
---|
1759 | void setAllToOne(UInt32* bitsP, Int32 size) |
---|
1760 | { |
---|
1761 | Int32 i; |
---|
1762 | Int64 nWords; |
---|
1763 | UInt32 endMask; |
---|
1764 | Int32 shift; |
---|
1765 | |
---|
1766 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
1767 | |
---|
1768 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
1769 | { |
---|
1770 | bitsP[i] = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
1771 | } |
---|
1772 | |
---|
1773 | shift = (BITS_PER_WORD - (size%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
1774 | if (shift == BITS_PER_WORD) |
---|
1775 | { |
---|
1776 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
1777 | } |
---|
1778 | else |
---|
1779 | { |
---|
1780 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF << shift; |
---|
1781 | } |
---|
1782 | |
---|
1783 | bitsP[nWords-1] = 0xFFFFFFFF & endMask; |
---|
1784 | |
---|
1785 | } /*------ end of setAllToOne() ----------------*/ |
---|
1786 | |
---|
1787 | |
---|
1788 | #define tst(a,b) (*mode == 'r'? (b) : (a)) |
---|
1789 | #define RDR 0 |
---|
1790 | #define WTR 1 |
---|
1791 | |
---|
1792 | |
---|
1793 | /* |
---|
1794 | * NAME: pipeOpen() |
---|
1795 | * |
---|
1796 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1797 | * pipeOpen/pipeClose are taken from the AIX popen/pclose |
---|
1798 | * equivalent. The difference is that pipeOpen() clears |
---|
1799 | * the signal mask in the forked process. |
---|
1800 | * |
---|
1801 | * TODO: This routine needs to handle SIGCLD in an unobtrusive way |
---|
1802 | * so we don't have to set up specific handlers for it |
---|
1803 | * in the callers of this routine. |
---|
1804 | */ |
---|
1805 | FILE* pipeOpen(const char *cmd, const char *mode, pid_t *outPidP) |
---|
1806 | { |
---|
1807 | Int32 p[2]; |
---|
1808 | Int32 myside, yourside; |
---|
1809 | pid_t pid; |
---|
1810 | char* fn = "pipeOpen"; |
---|
1811 | |
---|
1812 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1813 | |
---|
1814 | if (pipe(p) < 0) |
---|
1815 | { |
---|
1816 | return NULL; |
---|
1817 | } |
---|
1818 | |
---|
1819 | myside = tst(p[WTR], p[RDR]); |
---|
1820 | yourside = tst(p[RDR], p[WTR]); |
---|
1821 | |
---|
1822 | if ((pid = fork()) == 0) |
---|
1823 | { |
---|
1824 | Int32 stdio; |
---|
1825 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
1826 | sigset_t sigMask; |
---|
1827 | |
---|
1828 | /* An exec inherits the signal mask, |
---|
1829 | * so we set up not to block anything anymore. |
---|
1830 | */ |
---|
1831 | sigemptyset(&sigMask); |
---|
1832 | sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigMask, NULL); |
---|
1833 | |
---|
1834 | /* myside and yourside reverse roles in child */ |
---|
1835 | stdio = tst(0, 1); |
---|
1836 | close(myside); |
---|
1837 | |
---|
1838 | if (stdio != yourside) |
---|
1839 | { |
---|
1840 | close(stdio); |
---|
1841 | fcntl(yourside, F_DUPFD, stdio); |
---|
1842 | close(yourside); |
---|
1843 | } |
---|
1844 | |
---|
1845 | if (stat(SHELL_PATH, &statBuf) != 0) |
---|
1846 | { |
---|
1847 | exit(127); |
---|
1848 | } |
---|
1849 | |
---|
1850 | execl(SHELL_PATH, SHELL, "-c", cmd, (char *) 0); |
---|
1851 | exit(1); |
---|
1852 | } |
---|
1853 | |
---|
1854 | if (pid < 0) |
---|
1855 | { |
---|
1856 | return NULL; |
---|
1857 | } |
---|
1858 | |
---|
1859 | *outPidP = pid; |
---|
1860 | close(yourside); |
---|
1861 | |
---|
1862 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1863 | |
---|
1864 | return fdopen(myside, mode); |
---|
1865 | |
---|
1866 | } /*------ end of pipeOpen() ----------------*/ |
---|
1867 | |
---|
1868 | |
---|
1869 | /* |
---|
1870 | * NAME: pipeClose() |
---|
1871 | * |
---|
1872 | */ |
---|
1873 | int pipeClose(FILE *ptr, pid_t pid) |
---|
1874 | { |
---|
1875 | Int32 r = 0; |
---|
1876 | Int32 status; |
---|
1877 | struct sigaction ointact, oquitact, ohupact, ignact; |
---|
1878 | char* fn = "pipeClose"; |
---|
1879 | |
---|
1880 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1881 | |
---|
1882 | ignact.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; |
---|
1883 | sigemptyset(&(ignact.sa_mask)); |
---|
1884 | ignact.sa_flags = 0 ; |
---|
1885 | |
---|
1886 | fclose(ptr); |
---|
1887 | |
---|
1888 | sigaction(SIGHUP, &ignact, &ohupact); |
---|
1889 | sigaction(SIGINT, &ignact, &ointact); |
---|
1890 | sigaction(SIGQUIT, &ignact, &oquitact); |
---|
1891 | |
---|
1892 | if (pid == 0) |
---|
1893 | { |
---|
1894 | status = -1; |
---|
1895 | } |
---|
1896 | else |
---|
1897 | { |
---|
1898 | while ((r = waitpid(pid, &status, 0)) == -1) |
---|
1899 | { |
---|
1900 | if (errno != EINTR) |
---|
1901 | { |
---|
1902 | break; |
---|
1903 | } |
---|
1904 | } |
---|
1905 | } |
---|
1906 | |
---|
1907 | if (r == -1) |
---|
1908 | { |
---|
1909 | status = -1; |
---|
1910 | } |
---|
1911 | |
---|
1912 | sigaction(SIGHUP, &ohupact, NULL); |
---|
1913 | sigaction(SIGINT, &ointact, NULL); |
---|
1914 | sigaction(SIGQUIT, &oquitact, NULL); |
---|
1915 | |
---|
1916 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1917 | |
---|
1918 | return status; |
---|
1919 | |
---|
1920 | } /*------ end of pipeClose() ----------------*/ |
---|
1921 | |
---|
1922 | |
---|
1923 | /* |
---|
1924 | * NAME: writeBuffer() |
---|
1925 | * |
---|
1926 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1927 | * Write out to a TransactionList file a specified number of bytes |
---|
1928 | * of a buffer containing records pertinent to the file. |
---|
1929 | * |
---|
1930 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
1931 | * handle: (IN) The file descriptor indicating the TransactionList file |
---|
1932 | * Buffer: (IN) Points to a buffer area which is to be written out |
---|
1933 | * to the TransactionList file. |
---|
1934 | * size: (IN) The size of the buffer area to be written out. |
---|
1935 | * |
---|
1936 | * RETURNS: |
---|
1937 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
1938 | * |
---|
1939 | * NOTES: |
---|
1940 | */ |
---|
1941 | int writeBuffer(int handle, transactionsListRecord *Buffer, size_t size) |
---|
1942 | { |
---|
1943 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1944 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
1945 | |
---|
1946 | /* Write the specified number of bytes from the buffer |
---|
1947 | to the transaction list file. */ |
---|
1948 | bytesWritten = write(handle, Buffer, size); |
---|
1949 | |
---|
1950 | if (bytesWritten != size) |
---|
1951 | { |
---|
1952 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
1953 | handle, bytesWritten, size); |
---|
1954 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
1955 | } |
---|
1956 | |
---|
1957 | return(rc); |
---|
1958 | |
---|
1959 | } /*------ end of writeBuffer() ----------------*/ |
---|
1960 | |
---|
1961 | |
---|
1962 | /* |
---|
1963 | * NAME: processBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
1964 | * |
---|
1965 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
1966 | * Given a filesystem and a backup control file containing information |
---|
1967 | * from a previous tsbackup, store the control information in a backup |
---|
1968 | * control structure in memory and return a pointer to it. |
---|
1969 | * |
---|
1970 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
1971 | * fsNameP - (IN) Points to the filesystem name. |
---|
1972 | * BackupCtrlFile - (IN) Points to the file containing the pertinent |
---|
1973 | * backup control information. |
---|
1974 | * backupControlHeaderP - (OUT) Points to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
1975 | * structure. |
---|
1976 | * |
---|
1977 | * RETURNS: |
---|
1978 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
1979 | * |
---|
1980 | * NOTES: |
---|
1981 | */ |
---|
1982 | int processBackupCtrlFile(char *fsName, |
---|
1983 | char *BackupCtrlFile, |
---|
1984 | gpfs_backup_control_t **backupControlHeaderP) |
---|
1985 | { |
---|
1986 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
1987 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
1988 | char *fsNameP; |
---|
1989 | char *filename; |
---|
1990 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
1991 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
1992 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
1993 | Int32 fp; |
---|
1994 | char* fn = "processBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
1995 | |
---|
1996 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
1997 | |
---|
1998 | filename = BackupCtrlFile; |
---|
1999 | fsNameP = fsName; |
---|
2000 | |
---|
2001 | /* Create gpfs_backup_control structure and initialize it |
---|
2002 | to null characters. */ |
---|
2003 | backupCtrlP = (gpfs_backup_control_t *) malloc(sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
2004 | if (backupCtrlP == NULL) |
---|
2005 | { |
---|
2006 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile(): malloc failure"); |
---|
2007 | *backupControlHeaderP = NULL; /* Let the caller know the malloc failed. */ |
---|
2008 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2009 | } |
---|
2010 | |
---|
2011 | memset((gpfs_backup_control_t *) backupCtrlP, '\0', |
---|
2012 | sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
2013 | |
---|
2014 | /* Open the BackupCtrlFile and process its contents to update the |
---|
2015 | gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
2016 | fp = open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0664); |
---|
2017 | if (fp == -1) |
---|
2018 | { |
---|
2019 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile(): open(%s) failure", filename); |
---|
2020 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2021 | } |
---|
2022 | |
---|
2023 | /* Set the file pointer to the beginning of the file. */ |
---|
2024 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
2025 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t); |
---|
2026 | actualOffset = lseek(fp, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
2027 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
2028 | { |
---|
2029 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, filename); |
---|
2030 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2031 | } |
---|
2032 | |
---|
2033 | /* Read the control data from the file. */ |
---|
2034 | bytesRead = read(fp, backupCtrlP, sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
2035 | if (bytesRead != sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)) |
---|
2036 | { |
---|
2037 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", filename); |
---|
2038 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2039 | } |
---|
2040 | |
---|
2041 | /* Close the backup control file. */ |
---|
2042 | close(fp); |
---|
2043 | |
---|
2044 | /* Set the pointer to the data for use by the caller. */ |
---|
2045 | *backupControlHeaderP = backupCtrlP; |
---|
2046 | |
---|
2047 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2048 | |
---|
2049 | return(rc); |
---|
2050 | |
---|
2051 | } /*------ end of processBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
2052 | |
---|
2053 | |
---|
2054 | /* |
---|
2055 | * NAME: forkMsgChild() |
---|
2056 | * |
---|
2057 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
2058 | * Fork a child process that will issue reassuring thoughts periodically |
---|
2059 | * until the master process ends. This is to help the user be patient. |
---|
2060 | * |
---|
2061 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
2062 | * |
---|
2063 | * RETURNS: |
---|
2064 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
2065 | * |
---|
2066 | * NOTES: |
---|
2067 | */ |
---|
2068 | int forkMsgChild() |
---|
2069 | { |
---|
2070 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
2071 | char commandBuffer[LINE_LENGTH]; /* cmd to execute */ |
---|
2072 | pid_t pid; |
---|
2073 | char* fn = "forkMsgChild"; |
---|
2074 | |
---|
2075 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2076 | |
---|
2077 | /* Create the command to cause the message child to produce messages. */ |
---|
2078 | snprintf(commandBuffer, sizeof(commandBuffer), |
---|
2079 | "%s/bin/mmexectsmcmd %s %d > /dev/null 2>/dev/null", |
---|
2080 | INSTALL_DIRECTORY, "givestatus", 150); // frequency = 2.5 min |
---|
2081 | |
---|
2082 | /* Create the child process. */ |
---|
2083 | pid = forkit(commandBuffer); |
---|
2084 | |
---|
2085 | /* Check for complete failure (i.e., check whether nothing came back). */ |
---|
2086 | if (pid < 0) |
---|
2087 | { |
---|
2088 | /* The command that was issued failed. |
---|
2089 | Issue an error message and return a bad return code. */ |
---|
2090 | fprintf(stderr, "forkMsgChild(): forkit() returned pid = %d\n", pid); |
---|
2091 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
2092 | } |
---|
2093 | |
---|
2094 | /* Save the pid of the message process so that tsbackup can |
---|
2095 | kill the process when he (tsbackup) is about to exit. */ |
---|
2096 | msgChildPid = pid; |
---|
2097 | |
---|
2098 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2099 | |
---|
2100 | return(rc); |
---|
2101 | |
---|
2102 | } /*------ end of forkMsgChild() ----------------*/ |
---|
2103 | |
---|
2104 | |
---|
2105 | /* |
---|
2106 | * NAME: forkit() |
---|
2107 | * |
---|
2108 | * FUNCTION: fork and exec a passed command |
---|
2109 | * |
---|
2110 | */ |
---|
2111 | pid_t forkit(const char *cmd) |
---|
2112 | { |
---|
2113 | pid_t pid; |
---|
2114 | char* fn = "forkit"; |
---|
2115 | |
---|
2116 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2117 | |
---|
2118 | if ((pid = fork()) == 0) |
---|
2119 | { |
---|
2120 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
2121 | sigset_t sigMask; |
---|
2122 | |
---|
2123 | /* An exec inherits the signal mask, |
---|
2124 | * so we set up not to block anything anymore. |
---|
2125 | */ |
---|
2126 | sigemptyset(&sigMask); |
---|
2127 | sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigMask, NULL); |
---|
2128 | |
---|
2129 | if (stat(SHELL_PATH, &statBuf) != 0) |
---|
2130 | { |
---|
2131 | exit(127); |
---|
2132 | } |
---|
2133 | |
---|
2134 | execl(SHELL_PATH, SHELL, "-c", cmd, (char *) 0); |
---|
2135 | exit(1); |
---|
2136 | } |
---|
2137 | |
---|
2138 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2139 | |
---|
2140 | return(pid); |
---|
2141 | |
---|
2142 | } /*------ end of forkit() ----------------*/ |
---|
2143 | |
---|
2144 | |
---|
2145 | /* |
---|
2146 | * NAME: createClientFilelists() |
---|
2147 | * |
---|
2148 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
2149 | * Create the transaction files for the client processes by divying |
---|
2150 | * the transactions file into smaller files containing roughly similar |
---|
2151 | * amounts of backup work. |
---|
2152 | * |
---|
2153 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
2154 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
2155 | * |
---|
2156 | * RETURNS: |
---|
2157 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
2158 | * |
---|
2159 | * NOTES: |
---|
2160 | */ |
---|
2161 | int createClientFilelists(gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
2162 | { |
---|
2163 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
2164 | Int64 clientTransListSize[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
2165 | Int64 targetSizeForProcess; |
---|
2166 | Int64 currentSizeForProcess= 0; |
---|
2167 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
2168 | Int64 smallestSize; |
---|
2169 | Int64 numberOfRecords; |
---|
2170 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
2171 | Int32 processIndex; |
---|
2172 | Int32 numberOfProcesses, np; |
---|
2173 | Int32 i, j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
2174 | Int32 smallestIndex; |
---|
2175 | Int32 handle; |
---|
2176 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
2177 | Boolean processHasWork = false; |
---|
2178 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
2179 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
2180 | transactionsListRecord *dir_buffers[MAX_DIR_BUFFERS]; |
---|
2181 | char filenameP[21]; |
---|
2182 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
2183 | char *testString; |
---|
2184 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
2185 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
2186 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
2187 | char* fn = "createClientFilelists"; |
---|
2188 | |
---|
2189 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2190 | |
---|
2191 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
2192 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
2193 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
2194 | |
---|
2195 | /* Calculate the number of client processes. */ |
---|
2196 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients * |
---|
2197 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
2198 | |
---|
2199 | /* If there is only one client process (possible, but fairly unlikely), |
---|
2200 | just rename the transactions file to TransactionsList_0. */ |
---|
2201 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
2202 | { |
---|
2203 | /* Create the name of the file for the 0th (and only) client process. */ |
---|
2204 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[0], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
2205 | transactionsList, 0); |
---|
2206 | |
---|
2207 | /* Rename the transactions file. */ |
---|
2208 | rc = rename(transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
2209 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
2210 | { |
---|
2211 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2212 | transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0], rc); |
---|
2213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2214 | } |
---|
2215 | } |
---|
2216 | else /* We come here if multiple client processes are needed. */ |
---|
2217 | { |
---|
2218 | /* Create transaction files for the client processes in append mode. |
---|
2219 | The name of each created file will be TransactionsList_L, i.e., |
---|
2220 | we will concatenate the client process suffix L (where L is the |
---|
2221 | client process index) to the existing TransactionsList filename. */ |
---|
2222 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2223 | { |
---|
2224 | /* Create the name of the file for the jth client process. */ |
---|
2225 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[j], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
2226 | transactionsList, j); |
---|
2227 | |
---|
2228 | /* Create the file in append mode. */ |
---|
2229 | handle = open(clientTransactionsList[j], |
---|
2230 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
2231 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
2232 | { |
---|
2233 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2234 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2235 | } |
---|
2236 | else |
---|
2237 | { |
---|
2238 | clientTransactionsListHandle[j] = handle; |
---|
2239 | } |
---|
2240 | |
---|
2241 | /* Set the size of the newly-created list to zero. */ |
---|
2242 | clientTransListSize[j] = 0; |
---|
2243 | } |
---|
2244 | } |
---|
2245 | |
---|
2246 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2247 | |
---|
2248 | /* If more than one client process is needed (which is most likely), |
---|
2249 | divy the transactions file into as many files as there are processes, |
---|
2250 | each smaller file having a similar total aggregate file size. */ |
---|
2251 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
2252 | { |
---|
2253 | /* Determine the number of records in the transactions file. */ |
---|
2254 | rc = stat(transactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
2255 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
2256 | { |
---|
2257 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
2258 | transactionsList, errno); |
---|
2259 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2260 | } |
---|
2261 | numberOfRecords = statBuf.st_size / transactionRecordSize; |
---|
2262 | |
---|
2263 | /* Open the transactions file in read mode. */ |
---|
2264 | handle = open(transactionsList, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
2265 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
2266 | { |
---|
2267 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
2268 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2269 | } |
---|
2270 | |
---|
2271 | /* If this is a resume backup, doInodeScan() was not called and |
---|
2272 | so the total aggregate file size has not been calculated yet. |
---|
2273 | Calculate it now. */ |
---|
2274 | if (Resume) |
---|
2275 | { |
---|
2276 | /* Position the file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
2277 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
2278 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
2279 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
2280 | { |
---|
2281 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
2282 | transactionsList); |
---|
2283 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2284 | } |
---|
2285 | |
---|
2286 | /* Set the aggregate file size accumulator to zero. */ |
---|
2287 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles = 0; |
---|
2288 | |
---|
2289 | /* Loop through the transactions file to calculate the aggregate size. */ |
---|
2290 | while (( bytesRead = |
---|
2291 | read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize)) > 0) |
---|
2292 | { |
---|
2293 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
2294 | { |
---|
2295 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
2296 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2297 | } |
---|
2298 | |
---|
2299 | /* Add the file size to the aggregate file size accumulator. */ |
---|
2300 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles += |
---|
2301 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
2302 | } |
---|
2303 | } |
---|
2304 | |
---|
2305 | /* Position the transactions file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
2306 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
2307 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
2308 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
2309 | { |
---|
2310 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
2311 | transactionsList); |
---|
2312 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2313 | } |
---|
2314 | |
---|
2315 | /* Calculate the target aggregate files size for each client process. */ |
---|
2316 | targetSizeForProcess = |
---|
2317 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles / numberOfProcesses; |
---|
2318 | |
---|
2319 | /* Initialize the buffer and process indices. */ |
---|
2320 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2321 | processIndex = 0; |
---|
2322 | np = 0; |
---|
2323 | |
---|
2324 | /* |
---|
2325 | * Loop until all of the transaction records have been processed: |
---|
2326 | * - Read a record from the transaction file. |
---|
2327 | * - Handle the current transaction record as appropriate based on |
---|
2328 | * how full the current client process's transaction file is. |
---|
2329 | * The goal is to give each client process about the same amount |
---|
2330 | * of backup work to do. |
---|
2331 | * - Point to the next client process when the current client |
---|
2332 | * process's transaction file reaches the desired target size. |
---|
2333 | */ |
---|
2334 | while (numberOfRecords > 0) |
---|
2335 | { |
---|
2336 | /* Read the next record from the transaction file. */ |
---|
2337 | bytesRead = read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2338 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
2339 | { |
---|
2340 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
2341 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2342 | } |
---|
2343 | |
---|
2344 | /* Decrement the number of records. */ |
---|
2345 | numberOfRecords--; |
---|
2346 | |
---|
2347 | /* |
---|
2348 | * Handle the transaction record for the current file. |
---|
2349 | * The record is handled differently based on how the file |
---|
2350 | * fits into the work allotted to the current client process. |
---|
2351 | * There are three cases: |
---|
2352 | * 1. Adding the file would cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
2353 | * beyond the allowed size discretion; |
---|
2354 | * 2. Adding the file would cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
2355 | * over the process limit but within the allowed discretion; |
---|
2356 | * 3. Adding the file would not cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
2357 | * over the process limit. |
---|
2358 | */ |
---|
2359 | if ((currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer + |
---|
2360 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10)) > |
---|
2361 | targetSizeForProcess + PROCESS_OVERFLOW_DISCRETION) |
---|
2362 | { |
---|
2363 | /* |
---|
2364 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be beyond the allowed |
---|
2365 | * discretion. The following steps are performed: |
---|
2366 | * 1. If the buffer has something in it, process the buffer: |
---|
2367 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
2368 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
2369 | * b. Set flag indicating the current process file |
---|
2370 | * has been written to. |
---|
2371 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
2372 | * 2. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
2373 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
2374 | * 3. If the current process file has been written to, |
---|
2375 | * point to the next client process: |
---|
2376 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
2377 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
2378 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
2379 | * has been written to. |
---|
2380 | */ |
---|
2381 | |
---|
2382 | /* If the buffer has something in it, write it to |
---|
2383 | the client process's transaction file. */ |
---|
2384 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
2385 | { |
---|
2386 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2387 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2388 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2389 | { |
---|
2390 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2391 | "createClientFilelists(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2392 | rc); |
---|
2393 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2394 | } |
---|
2395 | |
---|
2396 | /* Calculate and store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
2397 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = |
---|
2398 | currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
2399 | |
---|
2400 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
2401 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
2402 | |
---|
2403 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
2404 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
2405 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
2406 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2407 | } |
---|
2408 | |
---|
2409 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
2410 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
2411 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
2412 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2413 | } |
---|
2414 | |
---|
2415 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
2416 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
2417 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
2418 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
2419 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2420 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
2421 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
2422 | |
---|
2423 | if (processHasWork) |
---|
2424 | { |
---|
2425 | /* Select the next process file to add work to. Pick a process |
---|
2426 | whose file is empty or the one that has the most room. */ |
---|
2427 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[0]; |
---|
2428 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2429 | { |
---|
2430 | if (clientTransListSize[j] == 0) { |
---|
2431 | smallestSize = 0; |
---|
2432 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
2433 | break; |
---|
2434 | } |
---|
2435 | if (clientTransListSize[j] <= smallestSize) { |
---|
2436 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[j]; |
---|
2437 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
2438 | } |
---|
2439 | } |
---|
2440 | processIndex = smallestIndex; |
---|
2441 | currentSizeForProcess = smallestSize; |
---|
2442 | |
---|
2443 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
2444 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
2445 | } |
---|
2446 | |
---|
2447 | } |
---|
2448 | else if ((currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer + |
---|
2449 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10)) >= |
---|
2450 | targetSizeForProcess) |
---|
2451 | { |
---|
2452 | /* |
---|
2453 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be over the process target |
---|
2454 | * but within the allowed discretion. The following steps are performed: |
---|
2455 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
2456 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
2457 | * 2. Process the buffer: |
---|
2458 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
2459 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
2460 | * b. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
2461 | * 3. Point to the next client process: |
---|
2462 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
2463 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
2464 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
2465 | * has been written to. |
---|
2466 | */ |
---|
2467 | |
---|
2468 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
2469 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
2470 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
2471 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
2472 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2473 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
2474 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
2475 | |
---|
2476 | /* Write the contents of the buffer to the process file. */ |
---|
2477 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2478 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2479 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2480 | { |
---|
2481 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2482 | "createClientFilelists(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2483 | rc); |
---|
2484 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2485 | } |
---|
2486 | |
---|
2487 | /* Calculate and store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
2488 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = |
---|
2489 | currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
2490 | |
---|
2491 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
2492 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
2493 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
2494 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2495 | } |
---|
2496 | |
---|
2497 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
2498 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
2499 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
2500 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2501 | |
---|
2502 | /* Select the next process file to add work to. Pick a process |
---|
2503 | whose file is empty or the one that has the most room. */ |
---|
2504 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[0]; |
---|
2505 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2506 | { |
---|
2507 | if (clientTransListSize[j] == 0) { |
---|
2508 | smallestSize = 0; |
---|
2509 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
2510 | break; |
---|
2511 | } |
---|
2512 | if (clientTransListSize[j] <= smallestSize) { |
---|
2513 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[j]; |
---|
2514 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
2515 | } |
---|
2516 | } |
---|
2517 | processIndex = smallestIndex; |
---|
2518 | currentSizeForProcess = smallestSize; |
---|
2519 | |
---|
2520 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
2521 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
2522 | |
---|
2523 | } |
---|
2524 | else /* We are within the limits allocated for the process. */ |
---|
2525 | { |
---|
2526 | /* |
---|
2527 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be within the process |
---|
2528 | * target limit. The following steps are performed: |
---|
2529 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
2530 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
2531 | * 2. If the buffer is full, process the buffer: |
---|
2532 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
2533 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
2534 | * b. Increment the aggregate file size for the process. |
---|
2535 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
2536 | */ |
---|
2537 | |
---|
2538 | /* Copy the current transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
2539 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
2540 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
2541 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2542 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
2543 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
2544 | |
---|
2545 | /* If the buffer is full, write its contents to |
---|
2546 | the transaction file for the client process. */ |
---|
2547 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
2548 | { |
---|
2549 | /* Write out the buffer and start a new buffer. */ |
---|
2550 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2551 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2552 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2553 | { |
---|
2554 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2555 | "createClientFilelists: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2556 | rc); |
---|
2557 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2558 | } |
---|
2559 | |
---|
2560 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
2561 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
2562 | |
---|
2563 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
2564 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
2565 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
2566 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2567 | } |
---|
2568 | |
---|
2569 | /* Increment the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
2570 | currentSizeForProcess += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
2571 | |
---|
2572 | /* Store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
2573 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = currentSizeForProcess; |
---|
2574 | |
---|
2575 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
2576 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
2577 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
2578 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2579 | } |
---|
2580 | } |
---|
2581 | |
---|
2582 | } /* end while (numberOfRecords > 0) */ |
---|
2583 | |
---|
2584 | /* We have finished reading the records in the file. |
---|
2585 | If the buffer has something in it, write it to |
---|
2586 | the client process's transaction file. */ |
---|
2587 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
2588 | { |
---|
2589 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2590 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2591 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2592 | { |
---|
2593 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2594 | "createClientFilelists: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
2595 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2596 | } |
---|
2597 | |
---|
2598 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
2599 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
2600 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
2601 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2602 | } |
---|
2603 | } |
---|
2604 | |
---|
2605 | } else { // Only one process was specified. |
---|
2606 | |
---|
2607 | /* Set the process number variable to 0. */ |
---|
2608 | np = 0; |
---|
2609 | |
---|
2610 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
2611 | |
---|
2612 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2613 | |
---|
2614 | /* Set the number of processes to the actual number of processes |
---|
2615 | for which we created transaction files. */ |
---|
2616 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses = np + 1; |
---|
2617 | |
---|
2618 | /* If there were multiple processes, close the created client |
---|
2619 | process transaction files and delete any that are empty. */ |
---|
2620 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
2621 | { |
---|
2622 | /* Close the created client process transaction files. */ |
---|
2623 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2624 | { |
---|
2625 | rc = close(clientTransactionsListHandle[j]); |
---|
2626 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
2627 | { |
---|
2628 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file %s.\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2629 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2630 | } |
---|
2631 | } |
---|
2632 | |
---|
2633 | /* Delete any created client process transactions files that are empty. */ |
---|
2634 | for (j = np+1; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2635 | { |
---|
2636 | /* Delete the empty client process transactions file. */ |
---|
2637 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2638 | } |
---|
2639 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
2640 | |
---|
2641 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2642 | |
---|
2643 | return(rc); |
---|
2644 | |
---|
2645 | } /*------ end of createClientFilelists() ----------------*/ |
---|
2646 | |
---|
2647 | |
---|
2648 | /* |
---|
2649 | * NAME: createClientFilelists2() |
---|
2650 | * |
---|
2651 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
2652 | * Create the transaction files for the client processes by divying |
---|
2653 | * the transactions file into smaller files containing roughly similar |
---|
2654 | * numbers of records. |
---|
2655 | * |
---|
2656 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
2657 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
2658 | * |
---|
2659 | * RETURNS: |
---|
2660 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
2661 | * |
---|
2662 | * NOTES: |
---|
2663 | */ |
---|
2664 | int createClientFilelists2(gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
2665 | { |
---|
2666 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
2667 | Int64 targetSizeForProcess; |
---|
2668 | Int64 currentSizeForProcess= 0; |
---|
2669 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
2670 | Int64 numberOfRecords, nrecs; |
---|
2671 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
2672 | Int32 processIndex; |
---|
2673 | Int32 numberOfProcesses, np, numberPerProcess; |
---|
2674 | Int32 i, j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
2675 | Int32 handle; |
---|
2676 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
2677 | Boolean processHasWork = false; |
---|
2678 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
2679 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
2680 | transactionsListRecord *dir_buffers[MAX_DIR_BUFFERS]; |
---|
2681 | char filenameP[21]; |
---|
2682 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
2683 | char *testString; |
---|
2684 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
2685 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
2686 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
2687 | char* fn = "createClientFilelists2"; |
---|
2688 | |
---|
2689 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2690 | |
---|
2691 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
2692 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
2693 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
2694 | |
---|
2695 | /* Calculate the number of client processes. */ |
---|
2696 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients * |
---|
2697 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
2698 | |
---|
2699 | /* If there is only one client process (possible, but fairly unlikely), |
---|
2700 | just rename the transactions file to TransactionsList_0. */ |
---|
2701 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
2702 | { |
---|
2703 | /* Create the name of the file for the 0th (and only) client process. */ |
---|
2704 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[0], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
2705 | transactionsList, 0); |
---|
2706 | |
---|
2707 | /* Rename the transactions file. */ |
---|
2708 | rc = rename(transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
2709 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
2710 | { |
---|
2711 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2712 | transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0], rc); |
---|
2713 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2714 | } |
---|
2715 | } |
---|
2716 | else /* We come here if multiple client processes are needed. */ |
---|
2717 | { |
---|
2718 | /* Create transaction files for the client processes in append mode. |
---|
2719 | The name of each created file will be TransactionsList_L, i.e., |
---|
2720 | we will concatenate the client process suffix L (where L is the |
---|
2721 | client process index) to the existing TransactionsList filename. */ |
---|
2722 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2723 | { |
---|
2724 | /* Create the name of the file for the jth client process. */ |
---|
2725 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[j], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
2726 | transactionsList, j); |
---|
2727 | |
---|
2728 | /* Create the file in append mode. */ |
---|
2729 | handle = open(clientTransactionsList[j], |
---|
2730 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
2731 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
2732 | { |
---|
2733 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2734 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2735 | } |
---|
2736 | else |
---|
2737 | { |
---|
2738 | clientTransactionsListHandle[j] = handle; |
---|
2739 | } |
---|
2740 | } |
---|
2741 | } |
---|
2742 | |
---|
2743 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2744 | |
---|
2745 | /* If more than one client process is needed (which is most likely), |
---|
2746 | divy the transactions file into as many files as there are processes, |
---|
2747 | each smaller file having the same number of files (or nearly so). */ |
---|
2748 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
2749 | { |
---|
2750 | /* Determine the number of records in the transactions file. */ |
---|
2751 | rc = stat(transactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
2752 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
2753 | { |
---|
2754 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
2755 | transactionsList, errno); |
---|
2756 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2757 | } |
---|
2758 | numberOfRecords = statBuf.st_size / transactionRecordSize; |
---|
2759 | numberPerProcess = |
---|
2760 | numberOfRecords / (backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses); |
---|
2761 | |
---|
2762 | /* Open the transactions file in read mode. */ |
---|
2763 | handle = open(transactionsList, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
2764 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
2765 | { |
---|
2766 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
2767 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2768 | } |
---|
2769 | |
---|
2770 | /* Position the transactions file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
2771 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
2772 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
2773 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
2774 | { |
---|
2775 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
2776 | transactionsList); |
---|
2777 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2778 | } |
---|
2779 | |
---|
2780 | /* Initialize the buffer and process indices. */ |
---|
2781 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2782 | processIndex = 0; |
---|
2783 | nrecs = 0; |
---|
2784 | |
---|
2785 | /* |
---|
2786 | * Loop until all of the transaction records have been processed: |
---|
2787 | * - Read a record from the transaction file. |
---|
2788 | * - Handle the current transaction record as appropriate based on |
---|
2789 | * how full the current client process's transaction file is. |
---|
2790 | * The goal is to give each client process about the same amount |
---|
2791 | * of backup work to do. |
---|
2792 | * - Point to the next client process when the current client |
---|
2793 | * process's transaction file reaches the desired target size. |
---|
2794 | */ |
---|
2795 | while (numberOfRecords > 0) |
---|
2796 | { |
---|
2797 | /* Read the next record from the transaction file. */ |
---|
2798 | bytesRead = read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2799 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
2800 | { |
---|
2801 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
2802 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2803 | } |
---|
2804 | |
---|
2805 | /* Decrement the total number of records and |
---|
2806 | increment the number of records for the current process. */ |
---|
2807 | numberOfRecords--; |
---|
2808 | nrecs++; |
---|
2809 | |
---|
2810 | /* If we are filling the transaction file for the last client process, |
---|
2811 | go right to the code to write the tranaction record appropriately. */ |
---|
2812 | if (processIndex == numberOfProcesses - 1) { |
---|
2813 | goto put_record2; |
---|
2814 | } |
---|
2815 | |
---|
2816 | /* |
---|
2817 | * Handle the transaction record for the current file. |
---|
2818 | * The record is handled differently based on how the file |
---|
2819 | * fits into work allotted to the current client process. |
---|
2820 | * There are two cases: |
---|
2821 | * 1. Adding the file would cause the client file to have |
---|
2822 | * more records than the target number of records; |
---|
2823 | * 2. Adding the file would not cause the client file to have |
---|
2824 | * more records than the target number of records; |
---|
2825 | */ |
---|
2826 | if (nrecs >= numberPerProcess) |
---|
2827 | { |
---|
2828 | /* |
---|
2829 | * We come here if adding the file would cause the client file |
---|
2830 | * to have more records than the target. The following steps |
---|
2831 | * are performed: |
---|
2832 | * 1. If the buffer has something in it, process the buffer: |
---|
2833 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
2834 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
2835 | * b. Set flag indicating the current process file |
---|
2836 | * has been written to. |
---|
2837 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
2838 | * 2. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
2839 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
2840 | * 3. If the current process file has been written to, |
---|
2841 | * point to the next client process: |
---|
2842 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
2843 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
2844 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
2845 | * has been written to. |
---|
2846 | */ |
---|
2847 | |
---|
2848 | /* If the buffer has something in it, write it to the client process's |
---|
2849 | transaction file. */ |
---|
2850 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
2851 | { |
---|
2852 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2853 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2854 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2855 | { |
---|
2856 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2857 | "createClientFilelists2(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2858 | rc); |
---|
2859 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2860 | } |
---|
2861 | |
---|
2862 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
2863 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
2864 | |
---|
2865 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
2866 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
2867 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2868 | |
---|
2869 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
2870 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
2871 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2872 | } |
---|
2873 | |
---|
2874 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
2875 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
2876 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
2877 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
2878 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2879 | |
---|
2880 | if (processHasWork) |
---|
2881 | { |
---|
2882 | /* Point to the next client process and set its size to zero. */ |
---|
2883 | processIndex++; |
---|
2884 | nrecs = 0; |
---|
2885 | |
---|
2886 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
2887 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
2888 | } |
---|
2889 | |
---|
2890 | } |
---|
2891 | else /* We are within the limits of the size allocated for the server. */ |
---|
2892 | { |
---|
2893 | /* |
---|
2894 | * We come here if adding the file would not cause the client file |
---|
2895 | * to have more records than the target. The following steps |
---|
2896 | * are performed: |
---|
2897 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
2898 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
2899 | * 2. If the buffer is full, process the buffer: |
---|
2900 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
2901 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
2902 | * b. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
2903 | */ |
---|
2904 | |
---|
2905 | /* Copy the current transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
2906 | put_record2: |
---|
2907 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
2908 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
2909 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2910 | |
---|
2911 | /* If the buffer is full, write its contents to the transaction file |
---|
2912 | for the client process. */ |
---|
2913 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
2914 | { |
---|
2915 | /* Write out the buffer and start a new buffer. */ |
---|
2916 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2917 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2918 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2919 | { |
---|
2920 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2921 | "createClientFilelists2: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
2922 | rc); |
---|
2923 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2924 | } |
---|
2925 | |
---|
2926 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
2927 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
2928 | |
---|
2929 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
2930 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
2931 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2932 | |
---|
2933 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
2934 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
2935 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
2936 | } |
---|
2937 | } |
---|
2938 | |
---|
2939 | } /* end while (numberOfRecords > 0) */ |
---|
2940 | |
---|
2941 | /* We have finished reading the records in the file. |
---|
2942 | * If the buffer has something in it, write it to the client process's |
---|
2943 | * transaction file. */ |
---|
2944 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
2945 | { |
---|
2946 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
2947 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
2948 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
2949 | { |
---|
2950 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
2951 | "createClientFilelists2: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
2952 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2953 | } |
---|
2954 | |
---|
2955 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
2956 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
2957 | np = processIndex; |
---|
2958 | } |
---|
2959 | |
---|
2960 | } else { // Only one process was specified. |
---|
2961 | |
---|
2962 | /* Set the process number variable to 0. */ |
---|
2963 | np = 0; |
---|
2964 | |
---|
2965 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
2966 | |
---|
2967 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2968 | |
---|
2969 | /* Set the number of processes to the actual number of processes |
---|
2970 | for which we created transaction files. */ |
---|
2971 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses = np + 1; |
---|
2972 | |
---|
2973 | /* If there were multiple processes, close the created client |
---|
2974 | process transaction files and delete any that are empty. */ |
---|
2975 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
2976 | { |
---|
2977 | /* Close the created client process transaction files. */ |
---|
2978 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2979 | { |
---|
2980 | rc = close(clientTransactionsListHandle[j]); |
---|
2981 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
2982 | { |
---|
2983 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file %s.\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2984 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
2985 | } |
---|
2986 | } |
---|
2987 | |
---|
2988 | /* Delete any created client process transactions files that are empty. */ |
---|
2989 | for (j = np+1; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
2990 | { |
---|
2991 | /* Delete the empty client process transactions file. */ |
---|
2992 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
2993 | } |
---|
2994 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
2995 | |
---|
2996 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
2997 | |
---|
2998 | return(rc); |
---|
2999 | |
---|
3000 | } /*------ end of createClientFilelists2() ----------------*/ |
---|
3001 | |
---|
3002 | |
---|
3003 | /* |
---|
3004 | * NAME: createBackupSnapshot() |
---|
3005 | * |
---|
3006 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
3007 | * Create a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem and store it at |
---|
3008 | * the mountpoint of the filesystem. |
---|
3009 | * |
---|
3010 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
3011 | * fsName - (IN) Pointer to the device of the filesystem |
---|
3012 | * for which to get a snapshot |
---|
3013 | * snapshotName - (IN) snapshot name |
---|
3014 | * |
---|
3015 | * RETURNS: |
---|
3016 | * Errno |
---|
3017 | * |
---|
3018 | * NOTES: |
---|
3019 | */ |
---|
3020 | int createBackupSnapshot(char *deviceName, char *snapshotName) |
---|
3021 | { |
---|
3022 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
3023 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
3024 | char* fn = "createBackupSnapshot"; |
---|
3025 | |
---|
3026 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3027 | |
---|
3028 | /* Obtain a handle to access the active filesystem. */ |
---|
3029 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, NULL); |
---|
3030 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
3031 | { |
---|
3032 | rc = errno; |
---|
3033 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
3034 | fn, deviceName, "NULL", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3035 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3036 | } |
---|
3037 | |
---|
3038 | /* Use the handle to obtain the name of the subdirectory |
---|
3039 | in which snapshots would be created. */ |
---|
3040 | rc = gpfs_get_snapdirname(fsSnapHandleP, snapshotSubdir, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
3041 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
3042 | { |
---|
3043 | rc = errno; |
---|
3044 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_snapdirname(%s, %s, %d): %s\n", |
---|
3045 | fn, fsSnapHandleP, snapshotSubdir, MAX_FILE_NAME, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3046 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3047 | } |
---|
3048 | |
---|
3049 | /* Determine whether there would be a name collision if a snapshot |
---|
3050 | were created. If so, issue an error message and fail. */ |
---|
3051 | sprintf(sstring, "%s/%s", fsName, snapshotSubdir); |
---|
3052 | rc = stat(sstring, &statBuf); |
---|
3053 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
3054 | { |
---|
3055 | /* It is acceptable for the snapshot directory to not exist; |
---|
3056 | Otherwise, issue an error and fail. */ |
---|
3057 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
3058 | { |
---|
3059 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat directory '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
3060 | sstring, errno); |
---|
3061 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3062 | } |
---|
3063 | } |
---|
3064 | else |
---|
3065 | { |
---|
3066 | /* If we get here, the subdirectory exists. That is ok if it is the |
---|
3067 | special subdirectory for snapshots; to recognize this we use the |
---|
3068 | fact that the snapshot subdirectory always has an inode number |
---|
3069 | whose value is 0xFFFF0000 (best test we have right now, per Frank). |
---|
3070 | Otherwise, issue an error message stating we have a name collision |
---|
3071 | and then fail the routine. */ |
---|
3072 | if (statBuf.st_ino != 0xFFFF0000) |
---|
3073 | { |
---|
3074 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
3075 | "tsbackup: Subdirectory %s already exists. Unable to create snapshot.\n", |
---|
3076 | sstring); |
---|
3077 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3078 | } |
---|
3079 | |
---|
3080 | /* Delete the backup snapshot if it exists. */ |
---|
3081 | sprintf(sstring, "%s/%s", sstring, snapshotName); |
---|
3082 | if (stat(sstring, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
3083 | { |
---|
3084 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
3085 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
3086 | deviceName, snapshotName); |
---|
3087 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
3088 | |
---|
3089 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
3090 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3091 | { |
---|
3092 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
3093 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3094 | } |
---|
3095 | } |
---|
3096 | } |
---|
3097 | |
---|
3098 | /* Issue the tscrsnapshot command to create a snapshot |
---|
3099 | and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
3100 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tscrsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
3101 | deviceName, snapshotName); |
---|
3102 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
3103 | |
---|
3104 | /* check system() return */ |
---|
3105 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3106 | { |
---|
3107 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
3108 | // BCH - possible candidate for message catalog |
---|
3109 | fprintf(stderr, "Creation of filesystem snapshot did not succeed.\n"); |
---|
3110 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3111 | } |
---|
3112 | |
---|
3113 | /* Create fsSnapshotPathname now that we have a snapshot. |
---|
3114 | Get the snapshot handle for the snapshot and then |
---|
3115 | use the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
3116 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
3117 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
3118 | { |
---|
3119 | rc = errno; |
---|
3120 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
3121 | fn, deviceName, fsSnapshotName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3122 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3123 | } |
---|
3124 | |
---|
3125 | /* Use the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
3126 | snapshotPathname = gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
3127 | if (snapshotPathname == NULL) |
---|
3128 | { |
---|
3129 | rc = errno; |
---|
3130 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(%s): %s\n", |
---|
3131 | fn, fsSnapHandleP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3132 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3133 | } |
---|
3134 | strcpy(fsSnapshotPathname, snapshotPathname); |
---|
3135 | |
---|
3136 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3137 | |
---|
3138 | return(rc); |
---|
3139 | |
---|
3140 | } /*------ end of createBackupSnapshot() ----------------*/ |
---|
3141 | |
---|
3142 | |
---|
3143 | /* |
---|
3144 | * NAME: processInputCtrlFile() |
---|
3145 | * |
---|
3146 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
3147 | * Process the input control file (the file passed via the -F parameter |
---|
3148 | * of mmbackup) which contains the information for controlling the backup. |
---|
3149 | * |
---|
3150 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
3151 | * fsNameP - (IN) pointer to the filesystem mount point |
---|
3152 | * inputCtrlFile - (IN) pointer to the file containing the pertinent |
---|
3153 | * TSM client and server node information |
---|
3154 | * backupControlHeaderP - (OUT) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
3155 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
3156 | * contains the information regarding the nodes |
---|
3157 | * |
---|
3158 | * RETURNS: |
---|
3159 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
3160 | * |
---|
3161 | * NOTES: |
---|
3162 | * |
---|
3163 | * Input file format: (comments begin with a # character in the 1st column) |
---|
3164 | * ========================================================================== |
---|
3165 | * # Input control file for mmbackup |
---|
3166 | * # name of Tivoli server (must match name in the TSM client's dsm.opt file) |
---|
3167 | * serverName = c164n06.ppd.pok.ibm.com |
---|
3168 | * # the following value is used to specify parallelism on each client |
---|
3169 | * numberOfProcessesPerClient = 4 |
---|
3170 | * # backup client nodes |
---|
3171 | * clientName = c148n11 |
---|
3172 | * clientName = c148n13 |
---|
3173 | * clientName = c148n15 |
---|
3174 | * |
---|
3175 | */ |
---|
3176 | int processInputCtrlFile(char *fsName, |
---|
3177 | char *inputCtrlFile, |
---|
3178 | gpfs_backup_control_t **backupControlHeaderP, |
---|
3179 | Boolean doMalloc) |
---|
3180 | { |
---|
3181 | Int32 j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
3182 | Int32 numProcessesPerClient; |
---|
3183 | Int32 clientIndex = 0; |
---|
3184 | Int32 linectr = 0; |
---|
3185 | char *fsNameP; |
---|
3186 | char *filename; |
---|
3187 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
3188 | FILE *fp; |
---|
3189 | char* eq_p; |
---|
3190 | char linein[LINE_LENGTH]; |
---|
3191 | char numberOfProcessesPerClientString[27] = "numberOfProcessesPerClient"; |
---|
3192 | char serverNameString[11] = "serverName"; |
---|
3193 | char clientNameString[11] = "clientName"; |
---|
3194 | Boolean foundServer = false; |
---|
3195 | Boolean foundNumberofProcessesPerClient = false; |
---|
3196 | char* fn = "processInputCtrlFile"; |
---|
3197 | |
---|
3198 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3199 | |
---|
3200 | filename = inputCtrlFile; |
---|
3201 | fsNameP = fsName; |
---|
3202 | |
---|
3203 | if (doMalloc) |
---|
3204 | { |
---|
3205 | /* Create gpfs_backup_control structure and initialize it |
---|
3206 | to null characters. */ |
---|
3207 | backupCtrlP = |
---|
3208 | (gpfs_backup_control_t *) malloc(sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
3209 | if (backupCtrlP == NULL) |
---|
3210 | { |
---|
3211 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile(): malloc failure"); |
---|
3212 | *backupControlHeaderP = NULL; /* Let caller know the malloc failed. */ |
---|
3213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3214 | } |
---|
3215 | memset((gpfs_backup_control_t *) backupCtrlP, '\0', |
---|
3216 | sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
3217 | |
---|
3218 | /* Pass back to the caller a pointer to the backup control data. */ |
---|
3219 | *backupControlHeaderP = backupCtrlP; |
---|
3220 | } |
---|
3221 | else |
---|
3222 | { |
---|
3223 | /* The control block already exists in storage. |
---|
3224 | Set our pointer so that we can update it. */ |
---|
3225 | backupCtrlP = *backupControlHeaderP; |
---|
3226 | } |
---|
3227 | |
---|
3228 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients = 0; |
---|
3229 | |
---|
3230 | /* Open the input control file. */ |
---|
3231 | if ((fp = fopen(filename, "r")) == (FILE *) NULL) |
---|
3232 | { |
---|
3233 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile(): fopen(%s) failed\n", filename); |
---|
3234 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3235 | } |
---|
3236 | |
---|
3237 | /* Get the next line of information. */ |
---|
3238 | while (fgets(linein, sizeof(linein), fp) != NULL) |
---|
3239 | { |
---|
3240 | /* Increment the line counter. */ |
---|
3241 | linectr++; |
---|
3242 | |
---|
3243 | /* Check the length of the input line. */ |
---|
3244 | if (strlen(linein) == ((LINE_LENGTH) - 1)) |
---|
3245 | { |
---|
3246 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: Line too long: \n %s\n", |
---|
3247 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
3248 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3249 | } |
---|
3250 | |
---|
3251 | /* Zap any trailing new line character. */ |
---|
3252 | if (linein[strlen(linein)-1] == '\n') { |
---|
3253 | linein[strlen(linein)-1] = '\0'; |
---|
3254 | } |
---|
3255 | |
---|
3256 | /* Skip blank or comment lines. */ |
---|
3257 | if ( (strlen(linein) == 0) || (linein[0] == '\0') || (linein[0] == '#') ) |
---|
3258 | { |
---|
3259 | continue; |
---|
3260 | } |
---|
3261 | |
---|
3262 | /* If no '=' character was found, this is a bogus line. */ |
---|
3263 | if ((eq_p = strchr(linein, inputCtrlSeperatorChar)) == NULL) |
---|
3264 | { |
---|
3265 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: No %c character in line\n %s\n", |
---|
3266 | filename, linectr, inputCtrlSeperatorChar, linein); |
---|
3267 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3268 | } |
---|
3269 | else |
---|
3270 | { |
---|
3271 | /* Check for the various allowable types of lines. */ |
---|
3272 | |
---|
3273 | /* Is this line specifying the server? */ |
---|
3274 | if (strncmp(linein, serverNameString, (strlen(serverNameString))) == 0) |
---|
3275 | { |
---|
3276 | /* Issue an error if the server name was already specified. */ |
---|
3277 | if (foundServer) |
---|
3278 | { |
---|
3279 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
3280 | "File %s line %d: server name was specified more than once:\n %s\n", |
---|
3281 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
3282 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3283 | } |
---|
3284 | foundServer = true; |
---|
3285 | |
---|
3286 | /* Copy the server name from the input line to the |
---|
3287 | control structure. */ |
---|
3288 | eq_p++; |
---|
3289 | strcpy(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.serverName, eq_p); |
---|
3290 | continue; |
---|
3291 | } |
---|
3292 | else |
---|
3293 | { |
---|
3294 | /* Is this line specifying the number of processes per client? */ |
---|
3295 | if (strncmp(linein, numberOfProcessesPerClientString, |
---|
3296 | (strlen(numberOfProcessesPerClientString))) == 0) |
---|
3297 | { |
---|
3298 | /* Issue an error if the number of processes per client |
---|
3299 | was already specified. */ |
---|
3300 | if (foundNumberofProcessesPerClient == true) |
---|
3301 | { |
---|
3302 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
3303 | "File %s line %d: number of processes per client was specified more than once\n %s\n", filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
3304 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3305 | } |
---|
3306 | foundNumberofProcessesPerClient = true; |
---|
3307 | |
---|
3308 | /* Copy the number of processes per client from the input line |
---|
3309 | to the control structure. */ |
---|
3310 | eq_p++; |
---|
3311 | numProcessesPerClient = atoi((const char *) eq_p); |
---|
3312 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient = numProcessesPerClient; |
---|
3313 | if ((numProcessesPerClient <= 0) || |
---|
3314 | (numProcessesPerClient > MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES)) |
---|
3315 | { |
---|
3316 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
3317 | "The %s value (%d) specified in file %s is not valid.\n", |
---|
3318 | numberOfProcessesPerClientString, numProcessesPerClient, |
---|
3319 | filename); |
---|
3320 | fclose(fp); |
---|
3321 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3322 | } |
---|
3323 | continue; |
---|
3324 | } |
---|
3325 | else |
---|
3326 | { |
---|
3327 | /* Is this line specifying a client? */ |
---|
3328 | if (strncmp(linein, clientNameString, |
---|
3329 | (strlen(clientNameString))) == 0) |
---|
3330 | { |
---|
3331 | /* Copy the client name from the input line |
---|
3332 | to the control structure. */ |
---|
3333 | eq_p++; |
---|
3334 | strcpy(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex].clientName, |
---|
3335 | eq_p); |
---|
3336 | // BCH - Is the following loc necessary with only 1 server? |
---|
3337 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex].clientIndex = |
---|
3338 | clientIndex; |
---|
3339 | clientIndex++; |
---|
3340 | continue; |
---|
3341 | } |
---|
3342 | else |
---|
3343 | { |
---|
3344 | /* Unrecognized line. Issue error and return with failure rc. */ |
---|
3345 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: Line not recognized:\n %s\n", |
---|
3346 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
3347 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3348 | } |
---|
3349 | } |
---|
3350 | } |
---|
3351 | } |
---|
3352 | } // end while (fgets(linein, sizeof(linein), fp) != NULL) |
---|
3353 | |
---|
3354 | if (clientIndex == 0) |
---|
3355 | { |
---|
3356 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s specified 0 clients.\n", filename); |
---|
3357 | fclose(fp); |
---|
3358 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3359 | } |
---|
3360 | |
---|
3361 | if (clientIndex > MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS) |
---|
3362 | { |
---|
3363 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s specified %d clients but only %d are allowed.\n", |
---|
3364 | filename, clientIndex, MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS); |
---|
3365 | fclose(fp); |
---|
3366 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3367 | } |
---|
3368 | |
---|
3369 | /* Save the number of clients into the control structure. */ |
---|
3370 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients = clientIndex; |
---|
3371 | |
---|
3372 | /* If the number of processes per client was not specified, set it to 1. */ |
---|
3373 | if (foundNumberofProcessesPerClient == false) |
---|
3374 | { |
---|
3375 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient = 1; |
---|
3376 | } |
---|
3377 | |
---|
3378 | /* Close the input control file. */ |
---|
3379 | fclose(fp); |
---|
3380 | |
---|
3381 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3382 | |
---|
3383 | return(rc); |
---|
3384 | |
---|
3385 | } /*------ end of processInputCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
3386 | |
---|
3387 | |
---|
3388 | /* |
---|
3389 | * NAME: createBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
3390 | * |
---|
3391 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
3392 | * Create the .backup_control file and write out its contents. |
---|
3393 | * Release the storage of the pertinent gpfs_backup_control_t structure. |
---|
3394 | * |
---|
3395 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
3396 | * FileName - (IN) Name of the file to be created. |
---|
3397 | * backupControlHeaderP - (IN) Points to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
3398 | * structure. The header info in this structure |
---|
3399 | * contains the information regarding the nodes. |
---|
3400 | * |
---|
3401 | * RETURNS: |
---|
3402 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
3403 | * |
---|
3404 | * NOTES: |
---|
3405 | */ |
---|
3406 | int createBackupCtrlFile(char *fileName, |
---|
3407 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHeaderP) |
---|
3408 | { |
---|
3409 | Int32 fileHandle, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
3410 | char *fileNameP; |
---|
3411 | Int32 fileIndex; |
---|
3412 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
3413 | Int64 nextWriteOffset, actualOffset, recordInFile; |
---|
3414 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
3415 | size_t ctrlfileRecordSize = sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t); |
---|
3416 | char* fn = "createBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
3417 | |
---|
3418 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3419 | |
---|
3420 | fileNameP = fileName; |
---|
3421 | |
---|
3422 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHeaderP; |
---|
3423 | |
---|
3424 | /* Create the .backup_control file. */ |
---|
3425 | fileHandle = open(fileNameP, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
3426 | if (fileHandle == -1) |
---|
3427 | { |
---|
3428 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", fileNameP); |
---|
3429 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3430 | } |
---|
3431 | |
---|
3432 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
3433 | nextWriteOffset = recordInFile*ctrlfileRecordSize; |
---|
3434 | actualOffset = lseek(fileHandle, nextWriteOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
3435 | if (actualOffset != nextWriteOffset) |
---|
3436 | { |
---|
3437 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
3438 | recordInFile*ctrlfileRecordSize, fileNameP); |
---|
3439 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3440 | } |
---|
3441 | |
---|
3442 | bytesWritten = write(fileHandle, backupCtrlP, ctrlfileRecordSize); |
---|
3443 | if (bytesWritten != ctrlfileRecordSize) |
---|
3444 | { |
---|
3445 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing file %s\n", fileNameP); |
---|
3446 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3447 | } |
---|
3448 | |
---|
3449 | rc = close(fileHandle); |
---|
3450 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3451 | { |
---|
3452 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor fileHandle = %d\n", |
---|
3453 | fileHandle); |
---|
3454 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3455 | } |
---|
3456 | |
---|
3457 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3458 | |
---|
3459 | return(rc); |
---|
3460 | |
---|
3461 | } /*------ end of createBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
3462 | |
---|
3463 | |
---|
3464 | /* |
---|
3465 | * NAME: doInodeScan() |
---|
3466 | * |
---|
3467 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
3468 | * Do an inodescan on a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem, |
---|
3469 | * and store the results as follows: |
---|
3470 | * a) Create a bit array where an index in the array indicates |
---|
3471 | * the inode number and the value whether or not the inode needs |
---|
3472 | * to be operated on (a value of 1 indicates a yes answer). |
---|
3473 | * b) Capture in a temporary filesizes file, one line per inode, |
---|
3474 | * indicating the inode number and the size of its file. |
---|
3475 | * c) Determine the total number of inodes used by the filesystem, |
---|
3476 | * the maximum inode number used, and the aggregate size of all the |
---|
3477 | * files of the filesystem needing to be operated on. |
---|
3478 | * |
---|
3479 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
3480 | * fsName - (IN) pointer to the filesystem name for which to |
---|
3481 | * do an inodescan |
---|
3482 | * inodeBitsArrayP - (OUT) pointer to the bit map array created |
---|
3483 | * backupControlHdrP - (IN) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
3484 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
3485 | * contains the information in (c) above |
---|
3486 | * |
---|
3487 | * RETURNS: |
---|
3488 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
3489 | * |
---|
3490 | * NOTES: |
---|
3491 | */ |
---|
3492 | int doInodeScan(char *fsName, |
---|
3493 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP, |
---|
3494 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
3495 | { |
---|
3496 | gpfs_iscan_t *backupIscan; |
---|
3497 | gpfs_ino_t lastInodeNum = 0; |
---|
3498 | gpfs_ino_t maxInodeNum; |
---|
3499 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
3500 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t backup_snapID; |
---|
3501 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
3502 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
3503 | inodeBitsArray InodeP; |
---|
3504 | const gpfs_iattr_t *iattrP; |
---|
3505 | backup_filesizes_t inodeSize; |
---|
3506 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
3507 | char inode_size[MAX_INT64_CHARS]; |
---|
3508 | char* fn = "doInodeScan"; |
---|
3509 | |
---|
3510 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3511 | |
---|
3512 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
3513 | |
---|
3514 | /* Create a bit map array for a GPFS filesystem |
---|
3515 | and initialize it to zero bits. */ |
---|
3516 | rc = Bitmap(MAX_INODES, zeroBit, &InodeP); |
---|
3517 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3518 | { |
---|
3519 | fprintf(stderr, "Bitmap error rc = %x\n", rc); |
---|
3520 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3521 | } |
---|
3522 | |
---|
3523 | /* Create the filesizes file. */ |
---|
3524 | filesizesHandle = open(filesizesFile, |
---|
3525 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
3526 | if (filesizesHandle == -1) |
---|
3527 | { |
---|
3528 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open temp file %s\n", filesizesFile); |
---|
3529 | free(InodeP); |
---|
3530 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3531 | } |
---|
3532 | |
---|
3533 | /* initializations */ |
---|
3534 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal = 0; |
---|
3535 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles = 0; |
---|
3536 | |
---|
3537 | /* Get the snapshot handle for this filesystem. */ |
---|
3538 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(fsName); |
---|
3539 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
3540 | { |
---|
3541 | rc = errno; |
---|
3542 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s): %s\n", |
---|
3543 | "doInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3544 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3545 | } |
---|
3546 | |
---|
3547 | /* Open the inode scan for this filesystem. Passing a NULL for the |
---|
3548 | 2nd parameter (previous snapshot id) causes gpfs_open_inodescan() |
---|
3549 | to return the inodes for all the files in the filesystem. */ |
---|
3550 | backupIscan = gpfs_open_inodescan(fsSnapHandleP, NULL, &maxInodeNum); |
---|
3551 | |
---|
3552 | /* If gpfs_open_inodescan() failed, issue an error and quit. */ |
---|
3553 | if (backupIscan == NULL) |
---|
3554 | { |
---|
3555 | rc = errno; |
---|
3556 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_open_inodescan() for snapshot %s failed: %s\n", |
---|
3557 | "doInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3558 | free(InodeP); |
---|
3559 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3560 | } |
---|
3561 | |
---|
3562 | /* Get the snapshot id and save it in the backup control file. */ |
---|
3563 | rc = gpfs_get_fssnapid_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP, &backup_snapID); |
---|
3564 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3565 | { |
---|
3566 | rc = errno; |
---|
3567 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
3568 | "%s: gpfs_get_fssnapid_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP, &snapID): %s\n", |
---|
3569 | "doInodeScan", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3570 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3571 | } |
---|
3572 | memcpy((void *) &(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.snapshotId), |
---|
3573 | (const void *) &backup_snapID, sizeof(gpfs_fssnap_id_t)); |
---|
3574 | |
---|
3575 | /* Use the backup/restore by inode API to do an inode scan |
---|
3576 | and get the list of inodes into the bit array. |
---|
3577 | Loop doing gpfs_next_inode() which returns gpfs_iattr_t |
---|
3578 | and put the inode numbers into the allocated array. */ |
---|
3579 | |
---|
3580 | /* Repeated calls to gpfs_next_inode() return inode information |
---|
3581 | about all existing files and directories in inode number order. */ |
---|
3582 | while (1) |
---|
3583 | { |
---|
3584 | rc = gpfs_next_inode(backupIscan, maxInodeNum, &iattrP); |
---|
3585 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3586 | { |
---|
3587 | rc = errno; |
---|
3588 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_next_inode(%s,%d): %s\n", |
---|
3589 | "doInodeScan", fsName, lastInodeNum, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3590 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3591 | } |
---|
3592 | |
---|
3593 | /* Exit the loop if a null pointer, the indication for the end |
---|
3594 | of the inode scan, is encountered. */ |
---|
3595 | if (iattrP == NULL) { |
---|
3596 | break; |
---|
3597 | } |
---|
3598 | |
---|
3599 | /* Save the inode number. */ |
---|
3600 | lastInodeNum = iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
3601 | |
---|
3602 | /* Set the bit in the bit array. */ |
---|
3603 | rc = setToOne(InodeP, (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode, NULL); |
---|
3604 | assert(rc == 0); |
---|
3605 | |
---|
3606 | /* Construct a record for the backup filesizes file and |
---|
3607 | append it to the file. Note the use of sprintf and memcpy |
---|
3608 | instead of sprintf alone to avoid copying the null at |
---|
3609 | the end of a string into the record. This is done because |
---|
3610 | sort() has trouble handling such embedded nulls. */ |
---|
3611 | memset((void *) &inodeSize, ' ', sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)); |
---|
3612 | |
---|
3613 | sprintf(inode_num, "%d", iattrP->ia_inode); |
---|
3614 | memcpy((void *) &inodeSize.inodenum, (const void *) &inode_num, |
---|
3615 | strlen(inode_num)); |
---|
3616 | |
---|
3617 | sprintf(inode_size, "%lld", iattrP->ia_size); |
---|
3618 | memcpy((void *) &inodeSize.filesize, (const void *) &inode_size, |
---|
3619 | strlen(inode_size)); |
---|
3620 | inodeSize.newline_char = '\n'; |
---|
3621 | |
---|
3622 | bytesWritten = write(filesizesHandle, &inodeSize, |
---|
3623 | sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)); |
---|
3624 | if (bytesWritten != sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)) |
---|
3625 | { |
---|
3626 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to filesizes file\n"); |
---|
3627 | free(InodeP); |
---|
3628 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3629 | } |
---|
3630 | |
---|
3631 | /* Update pertinent fields in the backup header. */ |
---|
3632 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles += (UInt32) iattrP->ia_size; |
---|
3633 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodeMax = (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
3634 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal++; |
---|
3635 | |
---|
3636 | } // end while (1) |
---|
3637 | |
---|
3638 | rc = close(filesizesHandle); |
---|
3639 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3640 | { |
---|
3641 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in closing the filesizes file\n"); |
---|
3642 | free(InodeP); |
---|
3643 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3644 | } |
---|
3645 | |
---|
3646 | /* Close the inode scan. */ |
---|
3647 | gpfs_close_inodescan(backupIscan); |
---|
3648 | |
---|
3649 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
3650 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
3651 | |
---|
3652 | /* Set the bit array pointer being passed back. */ |
---|
3653 | *inodeBitsArrayP = InodeP; |
---|
3654 | |
---|
3655 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3656 | |
---|
3657 | return(rc); |
---|
3658 | |
---|
3659 | } /*------ end of doInodeScan() ----------------*/ |
---|
3660 | |
---|
3661 | |
---|
3662 | /* |
---|
3663 | * NAME: doIncrInodeScan() |
---|
3664 | * |
---|
3665 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
3666 | * Do an inodescan on a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem, |
---|
3667 | * and capture the results as follows: |
---|
3668 | * a) Create a bit array where an index in the array indicates the |
---|
3669 | * inode number and the value indicates whether or not the inode is |
---|
3670 | * for a file that is new or has changed since the previous snapshot |
---|
3671 | * b) Determine the total number of inodes used by the filesystem, |
---|
3672 | * and the maximum inode number used. |
---|
3673 | * |
---|
3674 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
3675 | * fsName - (IN) pointer to the filesystem name for which to |
---|
3676 | * do an inodescan |
---|
3677 | * prevSnapIdP - (IN) pointer to the snapshot ID of a previous snapshot |
---|
3678 | * inodeBitsArray2P - (OUT) pointer to the bit map array created |
---|
3679 | * backupControlHdrP - (IN) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
3680 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
3681 | * contains the information in (b) above |
---|
3682 | * |
---|
3683 | * RETURNS: |
---|
3684 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
3685 | * |
---|
3686 | * NOTES: |
---|
3687 | */ |
---|
3688 | int doIncrInodeScan(char *fsName, |
---|
3689 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t *prevSnapIdP, |
---|
3690 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
3691 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
3692 | { |
---|
3693 | gpfs_iscan_t *backupIscan2; |
---|
3694 | gpfs_ino_t lastInodeNum = 0; |
---|
3695 | gpfs_ino_t maxInodeNum; |
---|
3696 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
3697 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t backup_snapID; |
---|
3698 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
3699 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
3700 | inodeBitsArray inode2P; |
---|
3701 | const gpfs_iattr_t *iattrP; |
---|
3702 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
3703 | char inode_size[MAX_INT64_CHARS]; |
---|
3704 | char* fn = "doIncrInodeScan"; |
---|
3705 | |
---|
3706 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3707 | |
---|
3708 | /* Create a bit map array for a GPFS filesystem |
---|
3709 | and initialize it to zero bits. */ |
---|
3710 | rc = Bitmap(MAX_INODES, zeroBit, &inode2P); |
---|
3711 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3712 | { |
---|
3713 | fprintf(stderr, "Bitmap error rc = %x\n", rc); |
---|
3714 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3715 | } |
---|
3716 | |
---|
3717 | /* Get the snapshot handle for this filesystem. */ |
---|
3718 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(fsName); |
---|
3719 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
3720 | { |
---|
3721 | rc = errno; |
---|
3722 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s): %s\n", |
---|
3723 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3724 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3725 | } |
---|
3726 | |
---|
3727 | /* Open an incremental inode scan for this filesystem. |
---|
3728 | Passing the id of the previous snapshot causes gpfs_open_inodescan() |
---|
3729 | to only return the inodes for files that have been added or changed |
---|
3730 | since the previous snapshot, plus those that existed in the previous |
---|
3731 | snapshot but no longer exist now (i.e., those for files which were |
---|
3732 | deleted from the filesystem since the previous snapshot). */ |
---|
3733 | backupIscan2 = gpfs_open_inodescan(fsSnapHandleP, prevSnapIdP, &maxInodeNum); |
---|
3734 | |
---|
3735 | /* If gpfs_open_inodescan() failed, issue an error and quit. */ |
---|
3736 | if (backupIscan2 == NULL) |
---|
3737 | { |
---|
3738 | rc = errno; |
---|
3739 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_open_inodescan() for snapshot %s failed: %s\n", |
---|
3740 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3741 | free(inode2P); |
---|
3742 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3743 | } |
---|
3744 | |
---|
3745 | /* Use the backup/restore by inode API to do an inode scan |
---|
3746 | and get the list of inodes into the bit array. |
---|
3747 | Loop doing gpfs_next_inode() which returns gpfs_iattr_t |
---|
3748 | and put the inode numbers into the allocated array. */ |
---|
3749 | |
---|
3750 | /* Repeated calls to gpfs_next_inode() return inode information |
---|
3751 | about all existing files and directories in inode number order. */ |
---|
3752 | while (1) |
---|
3753 | { |
---|
3754 | rc = gpfs_next_inode(backupIscan2, maxInodeNum, &iattrP); |
---|
3755 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3756 | { |
---|
3757 | rc = errno; |
---|
3758 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_next_inode(%s,%d): %s\n", |
---|
3759 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, lastInodeNum, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3760 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
3761 | } |
---|
3762 | |
---|
3763 | /* Exit the loop if a null pointer, the indication |
---|
3764 | for the end of the inode scan, is encountered. */ |
---|
3765 | if (iattrP == NULL) { |
---|
3766 | break; |
---|
3767 | } |
---|
3768 | |
---|
3769 | /* Save the inode number. */ |
---|
3770 | lastInodeNum = iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
3771 | |
---|
3772 | /* If this inode for a file that is still present, flag it. |
---|
3773 | (We don't flag inodes for deleted files.) */ |
---|
3774 | if (iattrP->ia_nlink != 0) |
---|
3775 | { |
---|
3776 | rc = setToOne(inode2P, (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode, NULL); |
---|
3777 | assert(rc == 0); |
---|
3778 | } |
---|
3779 | } // end while (1) |
---|
3780 | |
---|
3781 | /* Close the inode scan. */ |
---|
3782 | gpfs_close_inodescan(backupIscan2); |
---|
3783 | |
---|
3784 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
3785 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
3786 | |
---|
3787 | /* Set the bit array pointers being passed back. */ |
---|
3788 | *inodeBitsArray2P = inode2P; |
---|
3789 | |
---|
3790 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
3791 | |
---|
3792 | return(rc); |
---|
3793 | |
---|
3794 | } /*------ end of doIncrInodeScan() ----------------*/ |
---|
3795 | |
---|
3796 | |
---|
3797 | /* |
---|
3798 | * NAME: EnqueueWork() |
---|
3799 | * |
---|
3800 | * Add an element to the work queue and signal any thread waiting for work. |
---|
3801 | */ |
---|
3802 | int EnqueueWork(const char *pathP, const char *dirP, ino_t inode) |
---|
3803 | { |
---|
3804 | int rc; |
---|
3805 | int pathLen = strlen(pathP); |
---|
3806 | QueueElement *qP = NULL; |
---|
3807 | |
---|
3808 | /* Allocate a work queue element and space for the path. */ |
---|
3809 | qP = (QueueElement *) malloc((sizeof(*qP) - sizeof(qP->path)) |
---|
3810 | + pathLen + strlen(dirP) + 2); |
---|
3811 | if (qP == NULL) |
---|
3812 | { |
---|
3813 | fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory.\n"); |
---|
3814 | return(ENOMEM); |
---|
3815 | } |
---|
3816 | |
---|
3817 | /* Initialize element. */ |
---|
3818 | qP->ino = inode; |
---|
3819 | if (pathLen > 0) { |
---|
3820 | snprintf(qP->path, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", pathP, dirP); |
---|
3821 | } else { |
---|
3822 | strcpy(qP->path, dirP); |
---|
3823 | } |
---|
3824 | |
---|
3825 | /* Acquire mutex protecting the work queue. */ |
---|
3826 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
3827 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3828 | { |
---|
3829 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3830 | return rc; |
---|
3831 | } |
---|
3832 | |
---|
3833 | /* Add work element to the list. */ |
---|
3834 | qP->nextP = WorkQueueP; |
---|
3835 | WorkQueueP = qP; |
---|
3836 | |
---|
3837 | /* Signal a waiting worker thread. */ |
---|
3838 | if (NWorkersWaiting > 0) |
---|
3839 | { |
---|
3840 | NWorkersWaiting -= 1; |
---|
3841 | rc = pthread_cond_signal(&QueueCond); |
---|
3842 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3843 | { |
---|
3844 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_signal: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3845 | return rc; |
---|
3846 | } |
---|
3847 | } |
---|
3848 | |
---|
3849 | /* Release mutex before returning. */ |
---|
3850 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
3851 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3852 | { |
---|
3853 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3854 | return rc; |
---|
3855 | } |
---|
3856 | |
---|
3857 | /* Success! */ |
---|
3858 | return 0; |
---|
3859 | |
---|
3860 | } /*------ end of EnqueueWork() ----------------*/ |
---|
3861 | |
---|
3862 | |
---|
3863 | /* |
---|
3864 | * NAME: DequeueWork() |
---|
3865 | * |
---|
3866 | * Dequeue the next work element from the queue, or if the queue |
---|
3867 | * is empty, wait for more work to become available. |
---|
3868 | * |
---|
3869 | */ |
---|
3870 | QueueElement *DequeueWork(void) |
---|
3871 | { |
---|
3872 | int rc; |
---|
3873 | QueueElement *qP; |
---|
3874 | |
---|
3875 | /* Acquire mutex protecting the work queue. */ |
---|
3876 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
3877 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3878 | { |
---|
3879 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3880 | return NULL; |
---|
3881 | } |
---|
3882 | |
---|
3883 | /* one less thread working */ |
---|
3884 | NWorkersRunning -= 1; |
---|
3885 | |
---|
3886 | /* Loop waiting for work to become available. */ |
---|
3887 | while ((WorkQueueP == NULL) && (NWorkersRunning > 0)) |
---|
3888 | { |
---|
3889 | NWorkersWaiting += 1; /* one more thread waiting */ |
---|
3890 | rc = pthread_cond_wait(&QueueCond, &QueueMutex); |
---|
3891 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3892 | { |
---|
3893 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_wait: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3894 | return NULL; |
---|
3895 | } |
---|
3896 | } |
---|
3897 | |
---|
3898 | /* Check whether we are done. */ |
---|
3899 | if (WorkQueueP == NULL) |
---|
3900 | { |
---|
3901 | qP = NULL; /* Nothing more to do. */ |
---|
3902 | |
---|
3903 | /* signal any waiting threads */ |
---|
3904 | if (NWorkersWaiting > 0) |
---|
3905 | { |
---|
3906 | NWorkersWaiting = 0; |
---|
3907 | rc = pthread_cond_broadcast(&QueueCond); |
---|
3908 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3909 | { |
---|
3910 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_broadcast: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3911 | } |
---|
3912 | } |
---|
3913 | } |
---|
3914 | else |
---|
3915 | { |
---|
3916 | /* Remove the first element from the queue. */ |
---|
3917 | qP = WorkQueueP; |
---|
3918 | WorkQueueP = qP->nextP; |
---|
3919 | qP->nextP = NULL; |
---|
3920 | |
---|
3921 | /* one more thread working */ |
---|
3922 | NWorkersRunning += 1; |
---|
3923 | } |
---|
3924 | |
---|
3925 | /* Release mutex before returning. */ |
---|
3926 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
3927 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
3928 | { |
---|
3929 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
3930 | return NULL; |
---|
3931 | } |
---|
3932 | |
---|
3933 | return qP; |
---|
3934 | |
---|
3935 | } /*------ end of DequeueWork() ----------------*/ |
---|
3936 | |
---|
3937 | |
---|
3938 | /* Main body for each thread. |
---|
3939 | Loop until there is no more work to do. */ |
---|
3940 | void* ThreadBody(void *parmP) |
---|
3941 | { |
---|
3942 | int rc; |
---|
3943 | QueueElement *qP; |
---|
3944 | |
---|
3945 | /* Count this thread as a worker thread. */ |
---|
3946 | NWorkersRunning += 1; |
---|
3947 | |
---|
3948 | /* Loop while there is work to do. */ |
---|
3949 | do |
---|
3950 | { |
---|
3951 | /* Wait for work. */ |
---|
3952 | qP = DequeueWork(); |
---|
3953 | if (qP == NULL) |
---|
3954 | break; |
---|
3955 | |
---|
3956 | /* Read this directory. */ |
---|
3957 | rc = read_dir(qP->path, qP->ino); |
---|
3958 | |
---|
3959 | /* Free the work queue element. */ |
---|
3960 | free(qP); |
---|
3961 | |
---|
3962 | } while (rc == 0); |
---|
3963 | |
---|
3964 | return 0; |
---|
3965 | |
---|
3966 | } /*------ end of ThreadBody() ----------------*/ |
---|
3967 | |
---|
3968 | |
---|
3969 | /* |
---|
3970 | * NAME: read_dir() |
---|
3971 | * |
---|
3972 | * Read all entries from the current directory. |
---|
3973 | * |
---|
3974 | */ |
---|
3975 | int read_dir(const char *pathP, ino_t inode) |
---|
3976 | { |
---|
3977 | char fileName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
3978 | const gpfs_direntx_t *direntxP; |
---|
3979 | gpfs_fssnap_handle_t *fsP = NULL; |
---|
3980 | gpfs_ifile_t *dirxP = NULL; |
---|
3981 | int rc = 0; |
---|
3982 | |
---|
3983 | /* Get the handle for the snapshot. */ |
---|
3984 | fsP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(RootFsDirP); |
---|
3985 | if (fsP == NULL) |
---|
3986 | { |
---|
3987 | rc = errno; |
---|
3988 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s/%s): %s\n", |
---|
3989 | RootFsDirP, pathP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3990 | goto exit; |
---|
3991 | } |
---|
3992 | |
---|
3993 | /* Open the directory's file. */ |
---|
3994 | dirxP = gpfs_iopen(fsP, inode, O_RDONLY, NULL, NULL); |
---|
3995 | if (dirxP == NULL) |
---|
3996 | { |
---|
3997 | rc = errno; |
---|
3998 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_iopen(%s/%s): %s\n", RootFsDirP, pathP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
3999 | goto exit; |
---|
4000 | } |
---|
4001 | |
---|
4002 | /* Loop reading the directory entries. */ |
---|
4003 | while (1) |
---|
4004 | { |
---|
4005 | rc = gpfs_ireaddir(dirxP, &direntxP); |
---|
4006 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4007 | { |
---|
4008 | int saveerrno = errno; |
---|
4009 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_ireaddir(%s/%s): rc %d %s\n", |
---|
4010 | RootFsDirP, pathP, rc, strerror(saveerrno)); |
---|
4011 | rc = saveerrno; |
---|
4012 | goto exit; |
---|
4013 | } |
---|
4014 | if (direntxP == NULL) { |
---|
4015 | break; |
---|
4016 | } |
---|
4017 | |
---|
4018 | /* Check whether this entry is for a directory. */ |
---|
4019 | if (direntxP->d_type == GPFS_DE_DIR) |
---|
4020 | { |
---|
4021 | if (strcmp(direntxP->d_name, "..") != 0) /* skip parent directory */ |
---|
4022 | { |
---|
4023 | if ((strcmp(direntxP->d_name, ".") == 0)) /* handle self directory */ |
---|
4024 | { |
---|
4025 | /* The entry is for the directory itself. |
---|
4026 | Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
4027 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
4028 | if (testBit(inodeBitsP, (UInt32) direntxP->d_ino) != 0) |
---|
4029 | { |
---|
4030 | /* Is the directory name too long? */ |
---|
4031 | if (strlen(pathP)+2 > sizeof(fileName)) |
---|
4032 | { |
---|
4033 | fprintf(stderr, "read_dir: name %s too long\n", pathP); |
---|
4034 | } |
---|
4035 | else |
---|
4036 | { |
---|
4037 | /* Call routine to write a record for this inode |
---|
4038 | to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4039 | writeToShadowFile(pathP, direntxP->d_ino, 'Y'); |
---|
4040 | } |
---|
4041 | } |
---|
4042 | } |
---|
4043 | else /* handle sub-directory */ |
---|
4044 | { |
---|
4045 | /* Add this sub-directory to the work queue. */ |
---|
4046 | rc = EnqueueWork(pathP, direntxP->d_name, direntxP->d_ino); |
---|
4047 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
4048 | break; |
---|
4049 | } |
---|
4050 | } |
---|
4051 | } |
---|
4052 | } |
---|
4053 | else /* The entry is for a file. */ |
---|
4054 | { |
---|
4055 | /* Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
4056 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
4057 | if (testBit(inodeBitsP, (UInt32) direntxP->d_ino) != 0) |
---|
4058 | { |
---|
4059 | snprintf(fileName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", pathP, direntxP->d_name); |
---|
4060 | if (strlen(fileName)+2 > sizeof(fileName)) |
---|
4061 | { |
---|
4062 | fprintf(stderr, "dirInodeWalk: name %s too long\n", fileName); |
---|
4063 | } |
---|
4064 | else |
---|
4065 | { |
---|
4066 | /* Write a record for this inode to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4067 | writeToShadowFile(fileName, direntxP->d_ino, 'N'); |
---|
4068 | } |
---|
4069 | } |
---|
4070 | } |
---|
4071 | } |
---|
4072 | |
---|
4073 | exit: |
---|
4074 | /* Close the open file, if necessary. */ |
---|
4075 | if (dirxP) { |
---|
4076 | gpfs_iclose(dirxP); |
---|
4077 | } |
---|
4078 | |
---|
4079 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
4080 | if (fsP) { |
---|
4081 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsP); |
---|
4082 | } |
---|
4083 | |
---|
4084 | return rc; |
---|
4085 | |
---|
4086 | } /*------ end of read_dir() ----------------*/ |
---|
4087 | |
---|
4088 | |
---|
4089 | /* |
---|
4090 | * NAME: writeToShadowFile() |
---|
4091 | * |
---|
4092 | * Create a record for the shadow file using the passed parameters, |
---|
4093 | * obtain the mutex lock for the shadow file, write the record |
---|
4094 | * to the file, and release the mutex lock. |
---|
4095 | * |
---|
4096 | * Care is taken to not introduce nulls into the shadow record. |
---|
4097 | * This is done by using sprintf/memcpy instead of sprintf alone. |
---|
4098 | */ |
---|
4099 | int writeToShadowFile(const char *pathP, ino_t inode, const char inodeFlag) |
---|
4100 | { |
---|
4101 | char name[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
4102 | char filenameLength[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
4103 | Int32 nameLength; |
---|
4104 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
4105 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
4106 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
4107 | int rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4108 | |
---|
4109 | /* Build the record to be written to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4110 | |
---|
4111 | /* Set the shadow record to blanks. */ |
---|
4112 | memset((void *) &shadowRecord, ' ', sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
4113 | |
---|
4114 | /* Copy the full path name into the transaction record. |
---|
4115 | The name is enclosed with quotes because Tivoli requires this |
---|
4116 | for filenames that contain an embedded blank. Rather than |
---|
4117 | check each filename, we simply always use quotes. */ |
---|
4118 | sprintf(name, "%s%s%s", "\"", pathP, "\""); |
---|
4119 | nameLength = strlen(name); |
---|
4120 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filename, (const void *) &name, nameLength); |
---|
4121 | |
---|
4122 | /* Save the length of the filename for later use. This is done |
---|
4123 | to avoid putting null characters in the shadow file because |
---|
4124 | the sort command does not handle null characters well. */ |
---|
4125 | sprintf(filenameLength, "%d", nameLength); |
---|
4126 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.fnLength, |
---|
4127 | (const void *) &filenameLength, strlen(filenameLength)); |
---|
4128 | |
---|
4129 | /* Copy the inode number as a string to the shadow record. */ |
---|
4130 | sprintf(inode_num, "%d", inode); |
---|
4131 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.inodenum, |
---|
4132 | (const void *) &inode_num, strlen(inode_num)); |
---|
4133 | |
---|
4134 | /* Set the directory flag and set the newline character. */ |
---|
4135 | shadowRecord.inodeDir = inodeFlag; |
---|
4136 | shadowRecord.newline_char = '\n'; |
---|
4137 | |
---|
4138 | /* Serialize the output with all the other threads. */ |
---|
4139 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&OutputMutex); |
---|
4140 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4141 | { |
---|
4142 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
4143 | goto exit; |
---|
4144 | } |
---|
4145 | |
---|
4146 | /* Write the shadow record to the file. */ |
---|
4147 | bytesWritten = write(shadowFileHandle[0], &shadowRecord, |
---|
4148 | sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
4149 | |
---|
4150 | /* Increment the record count. */ |
---|
4151 | shadowFileNumberOfRecords[0]++; |
---|
4152 | |
---|
4153 | /* Release the lock. */ |
---|
4154 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&OutputMutex); |
---|
4155 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4156 | { |
---|
4157 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
4158 | goto exit; |
---|
4159 | } |
---|
4160 | |
---|
4161 | /* Issue an error if the write failed. */ |
---|
4162 | // BCH - should we assert or exit with a failure? |
---|
4163 | if (bytesWritten != sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)) |
---|
4164 | { |
---|
4165 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
4166 | shadowFileHandle[0], bytesWritten, |
---|
4167 | sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
4168 | } |
---|
4169 | |
---|
4170 | exit: |
---|
4171 | return rc; |
---|
4172 | |
---|
4173 | } /*------ end of writeToShadowFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
4174 | |
---|
4175 | |
---|
4176 | /* |
---|
4177 | * NAME: dirInodeWalk() |
---|
4178 | * |
---|
4179 | * Thread-based inode directory walker. |
---|
4180 | */ |
---|
4181 | int dirInodeWalk(const char *pathname, inodeBitsArray bit_map) |
---|
4182 | { |
---|
4183 | char fsSnapshotDir[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
4184 | int i, rc, filearg; |
---|
4185 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
4186 | pthread_t pThread; |
---|
4187 | |
---|
4188 | /* Set the root filesystem directory pointer. */ |
---|
4189 | RootFsDirP = (char *) pathname; |
---|
4190 | |
---|
4191 | /* Initialize pthread variables. */ |
---|
4192 | rc = pthread_mutex_init(&QueueMutex, NULL); |
---|
4193 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4194 | { |
---|
4195 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_mutex_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
4196 | exit(rc); |
---|
4197 | } |
---|
4198 | rc = pthread_cond_init(&QueueCond, NULL); |
---|
4199 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4200 | { |
---|
4201 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_cond_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
4202 | exit(rc); |
---|
4203 | } |
---|
4204 | rc = pthread_mutex_init(&OutputMutex, NULL); |
---|
4205 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4206 | { |
---|
4207 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_mutex_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
4208 | exit(rc); |
---|
4209 | } |
---|
4210 | |
---|
4211 | /* Get the inode number of the root directory. */ |
---|
4212 | rc = stat(RootFsDirP, &statBuf); |
---|
4213 | if (rc) |
---|
4214 | { |
---|
4215 | rc = errno; |
---|
4216 | perror(RootFsDirP); |
---|
4217 | return rc; |
---|
4218 | } |
---|
4219 | |
---|
4220 | /* Verify that this is a directory; return if it is not. */ |
---|
4221 | if (!S_ISDIR(statBuf.st_mode)) |
---|
4222 | { |
---|
4223 | errno = ENOTDIR; |
---|
4224 | perror(RootFsDirP); |
---|
4225 | return ENOTDIR; |
---|
4226 | } |
---|
4227 | |
---|
4228 | /* Add the root directory to the work queue. */ |
---|
4229 | snprintf(fsSnapshotDir, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, snapshotSubdir); |
---|
4230 | rc = EnqueueWork(fsSnapshotDir, fsSnapshotName, statBuf.st_ino); |
---|
4231 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
4232 | return rc; |
---|
4233 | } |
---|
4234 | |
---|
4235 | /* Start the requested number of threads. */ |
---|
4236 | for (i = 1; i < nThreads; i++) |
---|
4237 | { |
---|
4238 | rc = pthread_create(&pThread, NULL, ThreadBody, NULL); |
---|
4239 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4240 | { |
---|
4241 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_create(%d): %s\n", i, strerror(rc)); |
---|
4242 | exit(rc); |
---|
4243 | } |
---|
4244 | } |
---|
4245 | |
---|
4246 | /* This thread can do work, too. */ |
---|
4247 | (void) ThreadBody(NULL); |
---|
4248 | |
---|
4249 | return rc; |
---|
4250 | |
---|
4251 | } /*------ end of dirInodeWalk() ----------------*/ |
---|
4252 | |
---|
4253 | |
---|
4254 | /* |
---|
4255 | * NAME: createSnapshotShadows() |
---|
4256 | * |
---|
4257 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
4258 | * Construct shadow files of a snapshot and store them at the |
---|
4259 | * mount point of the filesystem. |
---|
4260 | * |
---|
4261 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4262 | * fsName: (IN) the name of the filesystem |
---|
4263 | * numberOfShadowFiles (IN) the number of files to be created |
---|
4264 | * bit_map (IN) points to a bit map array to be consulted |
---|
4265 | * |
---|
4266 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4267 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4268 | * |
---|
4269 | * NOTES: |
---|
4270 | */ |
---|
4271 | int createSnapshotShadows(char *fsName, |
---|
4272 | Int32 numberOfShadowFiles, |
---|
4273 | inodeBitsArray bit_map) |
---|
4274 | { |
---|
4275 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4276 | Int32 i, handle; |
---|
4277 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
4278 | Int32 numInodes; |
---|
4279 | char filenameP[18]; |
---|
4280 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
4281 | Int32 *shadow_files[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
4282 | const gpfs_direntx_t *source = NULL; |
---|
4283 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
4284 | char* fn = "createSnapshotShadows"; |
---|
4285 | |
---|
4286 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4287 | |
---|
4288 | numShadows = numberOfShadowFiles; |
---|
4289 | |
---|
4290 | /* Create shadow files. */ |
---|
4291 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
4292 | { |
---|
4293 | /* Create file name. */ |
---|
4294 | memset(suffix, ' ', 2); |
---|
4295 | sprintf(suffix, "%d", i); |
---|
4296 | strcpy(filenameP, backupShadowName); |
---|
4297 | strcat(filenameP, (const char *) suffix); |
---|
4298 | snprintf(shadowFile[i], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, filenameP); |
---|
4299 | |
---|
4300 | /* Create file in append mode. */ |
---|
4301 | handle = open(shadowFile[i], O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
4302 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
4303 | { |
---|
4304 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", filenameP); |
---|
4305 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4306 | } |
---|
4307 | else |
---|
4308 | { |
---|
4309 | shadowFileHandle[i] = handle; |
---|
4310 | } |
---|
4311 | } |
---|
4312 | |
---|
4313 | /* Stat the snapshot directory to get its inode_number. */ |
---|
4314 | if (stat(fsSnapshotPathname, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
4315 | { |
---|
4316 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
4317 | fsSnapshotPathname, errno); |
---|
4318 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4319 | } |
---|
4320 | |
---|
4321 | /* Update the newly-created backup shadow files. */ |
---|
4322 | dirInodeWalk(fsSnapshotPathname, bit_map); |
---|
4323 | |
---|
4324 | /* Close the generated files. */ |
---|
4325 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
4326 | { |
---|
4327 | rc = close(shadowFileHandle[i]); |
---|
4328 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
4329 | { |
---|
4330 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
4331 | "Cannot close file descriptor %d\n", shadowFileHandle[i]); |
---|
4332 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4333 | } |
---|
4334 | } |
---|
4335 | |
---|
4336 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4337 | |
---|
4338 | return(rc); |
---|
4339 | |
---|
4340 | } /*------ end of createSnapshotShadows() ----------------*/ |
---|
4341 | |
---|
4342 | |
---|
4343 | /* |
---|
4344 | * NAME: sortShadowfilesByInode() |
---|
4345 | * |
---|
4346 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
4347 | * Sort the shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS] files by inode number. |
---|
4348 | * |
---|
4349 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4350 | * numShadows: (IN) the number of shadow files |
---|
4351 | * |
---|
4352 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4353 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4354 | * |
---|
4355 | * NOTES: |
---|
4356 | * The number of shadowFile files is MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS |
---|
4357 | * for the time being. This may change if needed. |
---|
4358 | */ |
---|
4359 | int sortShadowfilesByInode(Int32 numShadows) |
---|
4360 | { |
---|
4361 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4362 | Int32 i; |
---|
4363 | char* fn = "sortShadowfilesByInode"; |
---|
4364 | |
---|
4365 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4366 | |
---|
4367 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
4368 | { |
---|
4369 | /* Issue a sort command that will perform a numeric sort using |
---|
4370 | the first field (the file's inode number) of each record. */ |
---|
4371 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
4372 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/bin/sort -b -k 1,1n -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
4373 | shadowFile[i], shadowFile[i]); |
---|
4374 | #else |
---|
4375 | sprintf(sstring, "/bin/sort -b -k 1,1n -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
4376 | shadowFile[i], shadowFile[i]); |
---|
4377 | #endif |
---|
4378 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
4379 | |
---|
4380 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
4381 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4382 | { |
---|
4383 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
4384 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4385 | } |
---|
4386 | } |
---|
4387 | |
---|
4388 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4389 | |
---|
4390 | return(rc); |
---|
4391 | |
---|
4392 | } /*------ end of sortShadowfilesByInode() ----------------*/ |
---|
4393 | |
---|
4394 | |
---|
4395 | /* |
---|
4396 | * NAME: sortShadowfilesByFilename() |
---|
4397 | * |
---|
4398 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
4399 | * Sort the shadowFile[0] file into alphabetical order by filename |
---|
4400 | * and store the results in a single file, backupShadowFile. |
---|
4401 | * |
---|
4402 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4403 | * |
---|
4404 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4405 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4406 | * |
---|
4407 | */ |
---|
4408 | int sortShadowfilesByFilename() |
---|
4409 | { |
---|
4410 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4411 | Int32 i; |
---|
4412 | char* fn = "sortShadowfilesByFilename"; |
---|
4413 | |
---|
4414 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4415 | |
---|
4416 | /* Issue a sort command that will perform an alphabetical sort |
---|
4417 | on the second field (the filename of each file). */ |
---|
4418 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
4419 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/bin/sort -b -k 2,2 -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
4420 | backupShadowFile, shadowFile[0]); |
---|
4421 | #else |
---|
4422 | sprintf(sstring, "/bin/sort -b -k 2,2 -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
4423 | backupShadowFile, shadowFile[0]); |
---|
4424 | #endif |
---|
4425 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
4426 | |
---|
4427 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
4428 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4429 | { |
---|
4430 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
4431 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4432 | } |
---|
4433 | |
---|
4434 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
4435 | /* Leave the shadow files so that they may get examined. */ |
---|
4436 | #else |
---|
4437 | /* Delete the shadowFile[0] file. */ |
---|
4438 | unlink(shadowFile[0]); |
---|
4439 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
4440 | |
---|
4441 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4442 | |
---|
4443 | return(rc); |
---|
4444 | |
---|
4445 | } /*------ end of sortShadowfilesByFilename() ----------------*/ |
---|
4446 | |
---|
4447 | |
---|
4448 | /* |
---|
4449 | * NAME: updateShadowfilesFilesizes() |
---|
4450 | * |
---|
4451 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
4452 | * Update the size field in the shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS] files |
---|
4453 | * from the pertinent information in the file sizes file. |
---|
4454 | * |
---|
4455 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4456 | * numShadows: (IN) The number of shadow files |
---|
4457 | * |
---|
4458 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4459 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4460 | * |
---|
4461 | * NOTES: |
---|
4462 | * The number of shadowFile files is MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS for the |
---|
4463 | * time being. This may change if needed. |
---|
4464 | */ |
---|
4465 | int updateShadowfilesFilesizes(Int32 numShadows) |
---|
4466 | { |
---|
4467 | Int32 offset, inodeDelta, rc1, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4468 | Int32 shadowRecordInode, filesizesRecordInode; |
---|
4469 | Int32 fileIndex, bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
4470 | char* eq_p; |
---|
4471 | Int64 recordsLeft, recordInFilesizes, numberOfFilesizesRecords; |
---|
4472 | Int64 recordInShadowFile; |
---|
4473 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
4474 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
4475 | backup_filesizes_t filesizesRecord; |
---|
4476 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
4477 | Boolean readNewRecord = true; |
---|
4478 | size_t shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
4479 | size_t filesizesRecordSize = sizeof(backup_filesizes_t); |
---|
4480 | char* fn = "updateShadowfilesFilesizes"; |
---|
4481 | |
---|
4482 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4483 | |
---|
4484 | /* Open the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4485 | filesizesHandle = open(filesizesFile, O_RDONLY, 0664); |
---|
4486 | if (filesizesHandle == -1) |
---|
4487 | { |
---|
4488 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", filesizesFile); |
---|
4489 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4490 | } |
---|
4491 | |
---|
4492 | /* Stat the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4493 | if (stat(filesizesFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
4494 | { |
---|
4495 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
4496 | filesizesFile, errno); |
---|
4497 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4498 | } |
---|
4499 | |
---|
4500 | /* Determine the number of records in the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4501 | numberOfFilesizesRecords = statBuf.st_size / filesizesRecordSize; |
---|
4502 | |
---|
4503 | /* Point to the first record in the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4504 | recordInFilesizes = 0; |
---|
4505 | actualOffset = lseek(filesizesHandle, recordInFilesizes, SEEK_SET); |
---|
4506 | if (actualOffset != 0) |
---|
4507 | { |
---|
4508 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
4509 | recordInFilesizes, filesizesFile); |
---|
4510 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4511 | } |
---|
4512 | |
---|
4513 | /* Open all the shadowFile[] files. */ |
---|
4514 | for (fileIndex = 0; fileIndex < numShadows; fileIndex++) |
---|
4515 | { |
---|
4516 | shadowFileHandle[fileIndex] = open(shadowFile[fileIndex], O_RDWR, 0664); |
---|
4517 | if (shadowFileHandle[fileIndex] == -1) |
---|
4518 | { |
---|
4519 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
4520 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4521 | } |
---|
4522 | } |
---|
4523 | |
---|
4524 | /* Update the filesize field in the records of the backup shadow files. */ |
---|
4525 | for (fileIndex = 0; fileIndex < numShadows; fileIndex++) |
---|
4526 | { |
---|
4527 | recordInShadowFile = 0; |
---|
4528 | nextReadOffset = recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
4529 | |
---|
4530 | /* Position the file pointer for the current shadow file. */ |
---|
4531 | actualOffset = lseek(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], |
---|
4532 | recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
4533 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
4534 | { |
---|
4535 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
4536 | recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize, shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
4537 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4538 | } |
---|
4539 | |
---|
4540 | nextWriteOffset = nextReadOffset; |
---|
4541 | recordsLeft = shadowFileNumberOfRecords[fileIndex]; |
---|
4542 | while (recordsLeft > 0) |
---|
4543 | { |
---|
4544 | /* Read the next record from the shadow file. */ |
---|
4545 | bytesRead = read(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], &shadowRecord, |
---|
4546 | shadowRecordSize); |
---|
4547 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
4548 | { |
---|
4549 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
4550 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4551 | } |
---|
4552 | |
---|
4553 | /* Calculate the next offset and the number of remaining records. */ |
---|
4554 | nextReadOffset += shadowRecordSize; |
---|
4555 | recordsLeft--; |
---|
4556 | |
---|
4557 | /* Search the filesizes file for the inode |
---|
4558 | that matches the shadow record's inode. */ |
---|
4559 | while (recordInFilesizes < numberOfFilesizesRecords) |
---|
4560 | { |
---|
4561 | /* If warranted, read a new record from the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4562 | if (readNewRecord) |
---|
4563 | { |
---|
4564 | bytesRead = read(filesizesHandle, |
---|
4565 | &filesizesRecord, filesizesRecordSize); |
---|
4566 | if (bytesRead != filesizesRecordSize) |
---|
4567 | { |
---|
4568 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", |
---|
4569 | filesizesHandle); |
---|
4570 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4571 | } |
---|
4572 | } |
---|
4573 | |
---|
4574 | #if 0 |
---|
4575 | // Historical note: |
---|
4576 | // We were failing the test below in the incremental case |
---|
4577 | // because there are more records in the filesizes file than in |
---|
4578 | // the shadow file - the extra records were the unchanged files, |
---|
4579 | // and these had a filesize of 0. What should be done? |
---|
4580 | // This problem did not happen in the past because filesizes |
---|
4581 | // were not considered by createClientFilelists, and therefore |
---|
4582 | // this routine (updateShadowfilesFilesizes()) was not called |
---|
4583 | // in the incremental case. One possible solution would be to |
---|
4584 | // use createClientFilelists2 (the divy-by-numbers-of-files |
---|
4585 | // version) rather than createClientFilelists for incremental. |
---|
4586 | // In this case we must avoid calling updateShadowfilesFilesizes(). |
---|
4587 | // A 2nd solution would be to change updateSnapshotFilesizes() |
---|
4588 | // to skip over filesizes records for which the filesize is 0. |
---|
4589 | // I chose the 1st solution (don't worry about filesizes |
---|
4590 | // for incremental backups) for now. (BCH) |
---|
4591 | // |
---|
4592 | // BCH - The above comment may no longer be needed. We are calling |
---|
4593 | // BCH updateShadowfilesFilesizes() in the incremental case |
---|
4594 | // BCH without trouble now. Should we consider going back to using |
---|
4595 | // BCH createClientFilelists() instead of createClientFilelists2() |
---|
4596 | // BCH in the incremental case again? |
---|
4597 | // |
---|
4598 | // BCH - The code has moved on once again, with the test below |
---|
4599 | // BCH no longer being used, and the code allowing for the |
---|
4600 | // BCH shadow file and the filesizes file to have different numbers |
---|
4601 | // BCH of records (this was needed to support hard links, which |
---|
4602 | // BCH results in one record in the filesizes file, but two |
---|
4603 | // BCH records in the shadow file, one for the file itself, |
---|
4604 | // BCH and one for the hardlink). The net of all this is that |
---|
4605 | // BCH someday we may wish to go back to using the same routine |
---|
4606 | // BCH (createClientFilelists) for incremental backups that |
---|
4607 | // BCH we now use for full backups. |
---|
4608 | |
---|
4609 | /* If the inode numbers from the shadow file record and the |
---|
4610 | filesizes record match, copy the filesize to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4611 | if ((gpfs_ino_t) atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum) == |
---|
4612 | (gpfs_ino_t) atoi((const char *) filesizesRecord.inodenum)) |
---|
4613 | #endif |
---|
4614 | /* Compare the inodes from the shadow file and the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4615 | shadowRecordInode = atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum); |
---|
4616 | filesizesRecordInode = atoi((const char *) filesizesRecord.inodenum); |
---|
4617 | inodeDelta = shadowRecordInode - filesizesRecordInode; |
---|
4618 | if (inodeDelta > 0) |
---|
4619 | { |
---|
4620 | /* We have not yet encountered a file in the filesizes file that |
---|
4621 | comes lexicographically after the file from the shadow file, |
---|
4622 | so update the record number and read again. */ |
---|
4623 | recordInFilesizes++; |
---|
4624 | readNewRecord = true; // Read a new filesizes record. |
---|
4625 | continue; |
---|
4626 | } |
---|
4627 | |
---|
4628 | if (inodeDelta == 0) |
---|
4629 | { |
---|
4630 | /* Since the inode numbers from the shadow file record and the |
---|
4631 | filesizes record match, copy the filesize to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4632 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filesize, |
---|
4633 | (const void *) &filesizesRecord.filesize, |
---|
4634 | sizeof(filesizesRecord.filesize)); |
---|
4635 | nextWriteOffset = nextReadOffset - shadowRecordSize; |
---|
4636 | |
---|
4637 | /* Reposition the file pointer for the shadow file. */ |
---|
4638 | actualOffset = lseek(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], |
---|
4639 | nextWriteOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
4640 | if (actualOffset != nextWriteOffset) |
---|
4641 | { |
---|
4642 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not seek to offset L%d in file %s\n", |
---|
4643 | nextWriteOffset, shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
4644 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4645 | } |
---|
4646 | |
---|
4647 | /* Write the shadow record back to the shadow file. */ |
---|
4648 | bytesWritten = write(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], &shadowRecord, |
---|
4649 | shadowRecordSize); |
---|
4650 | if (bytesWritten != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
4651 | { |
---|
4652 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing file %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
4653 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4654 | } |
---|
4655 | |
---|
4656 | /* Cause the next record in the shadow file to be read. */ |
---|
4657 | recordInShadowFile++; |
---|
4658 | readNewRecord = false; // Don't read a new filesizes record yet. |
---|
4659 | break; |
---|
4660 | } |
---|
4661 | |
---|
4662 | if (inodeDelta < 0) |
---|
4663 | { |
---|
4664 | /* We just encountered an inode in the filesizes file that comes |
---|
4665 | lexicographically after the inode from the shadow file, |
---|
4666 | so the inode does not exist in the filesizes file. |
---|
4667 | This should never happen, so issue an error message and quit. */ |
---|
4668 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
4669 | "Inode number %s in file %s could not be found in file %s\n", |
---|
4670 | shadowRecord.inodenum, |
---|
4671 | shadowFile[fileIndex], |
---|
4672 | filesizesFile); |
---|
4673 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4674 | } |
---|
4675 | |
---|
4676 | } /* end of while (recordInFilesizes < numberOfFilesizesRecords) */ |
---|
4677 | |
---|
4678 | } /* end of while (recordsLeft > 0) */ |
---|
4679 | |
---|
4680 | } /* end for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) */ |
---|
4681 | |
---|
4682 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
4683 | /* Leave the filesizes file so that it may get examined. */ |
---|
4684 | #else |
---|
4685 | /* Delete the filesizes file. */ |
---|
4686 | unlink(filesizesFile); |
---|
4687 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
4688 | |
---|
4689 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4690 | |
---|
4691 | return(rc); |
---|
4692 | |
---|
4693 | } /*------ end of updateShadowfilesFilesizes() ----------------*/ |
---|
4694 | |
---|
4695 | |
---|
4696 | /* |
---|
4697 | * NAME: createFilelist() |
---|
4698 | * |
---|
4699 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
4700 | * Create the transactions file. Update it to include the full |
---|
4701 | * path names of the files to be processed (i.e., get backed_up, |
---|
4702 | * get restored, etc.) by the server. |
---|
4703 | * |
---|
4704 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4705 | * fsName: (IN) Points to the filesystem name. |
---|
4706 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
4707 | * |
---|
4708 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4709 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4710 | * |
---|
4711 | * NOTES: |
---|
4712 | */ |
---|
4713 | int createFilelist(char *fsName, gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
4714 | { |
---|
4715 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
4716 | backup_shadow_record_t backupShadowRecord; |
---|
4717 | Int64 currentServerFilesSize = 0; |
---|
4718 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
4719 | Int64 numberOfInodes; |
---|
4720 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
4721 | Int32 i, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4722 | Int32 handle; |
---|
4723 | Int32 backupShadowHandle; |
---|
4724 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
4725 | Int32 bytesRead; |
---|
4726 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
4727 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
4728 | size_t shadowRecordSize; |
---|
4729 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
4730 | char* fn = "createFilelist"; |
---|
4731 | |
---|
4732 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4733 | |
---|
4734 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
4735 | shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
4736 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
4737 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
4738 | numberOfInodes = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal; |
---|
4739 | |
---|
4740 | /* Create the transaction file in append mode. */ |
---|
4741 | transactionsListHandle = |
---|
4742 | open(transactionsList, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
4743 | if (transactionsListHandle == -1) |
---|
4744 | { |
---|
4745 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
4746 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4747 | } |
---|
4748 | |
---|
4749 | /* Open the backup shadow file in READ mode. */ |
---|
4750 | backupShadowHandle = open(backupShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
4751 | if (backupShadowHandle == -1) |
---|
4752 | { |
---|
4753 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
4754 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4755 | } |
---|
4756 | |
---|
4757 | /* Seek the backup shadow file's first record. */ |
---|
4758 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
4759 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
4760 | actualOffset = lseek(backupShadowHandle, |
---|
4761 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
4762 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
4763 | { |
---|
4764 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
4765 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, backupShadowFile); |
---|
4766 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4767 | } |
---|
4768 | |
---|
4769 | /* |
---|
4770 | * Do the following: |
---|
4771 | * - Read a record from the backup shadow file. |
---|
4772 | * The first record read should be for a directory. |
---|
4773 | * - Write the record to the buffer. |
---|
4774 | * - If the buffer is full, write the buffer to the transactions file. |
---|
4775 | * - Repeat these steps while there are records in the file. |
---|
4776 | */ |
---|
4777 | bytesRead = read(backupShadowHandle, &backupShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
4778 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
4779 | { |
---|
4780 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
4781 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4782 | } |
---|
4783 | |
---|
4784 | /* The first record should be for the snapshot directory which is |
---|
4785 | located at the mount point of the filesystem. Assert if it is not. */ |
---|
4786 | // BCH - Should we do something better here than just assert? |
---|
4787 | // BCH At the very least I think we should put out an error message first. |
---|
4788 | assert(strchr((const char *) &(backupShadowRecord.inodeDir), 'Y') != NULL); |
---|
4789 | |
---|
4790 | /* Copy the backup shadow record's transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
4791 | bufferIndex = 0; |
---|
4792 | buffer[bufferIndex] = backupShadowRecord.tr; |
---|
4793 | buffer[bufferIndex].delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
4794 | |
---|
4795 | /* Increment the aggregate size of the files in the buffer. */ |
---|
4796 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
4797 | strtoll((const char *) backupShadowRecord.tr.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
4798 | |
---|
4799 | /* Copy the 1st filename into the anchor name for the server. */ |
---|
4800 | strncpy(backupCtrlP->inode.filename, buffer[bufferIndex].filename, |
---|
4801 | MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
4802 | |
---|
4803 | /* Decrement the number of inodes now that the first has been processed. */ |
---|
4804 | numberOfInodes--; |
---|
4805 | |
---|
4806 | /* Loop until the remaining inodes have been processed. */ |
---|
4807 | while (numberOfInodes > 0) |
---|
4808 | { |
---|
4809 | /* Read the next record from the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
4810 | bytesRead = read(backupShadowHandle, &backupShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
4811 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
4812 | { |
---|
4813 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
4814 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4815 | } |
---|
4816 | |
---|
4817 | /* Decrement the number of inodes and point to the next buffer record. */ |
---|
4818 | numberOfInodes--; |
---|
4819 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
4820 | |
---|
4821 | /* Copy the backup shadow record filename to the buffer. */ |
---|
4822 | buffer[bufferIndex] = backupShadowRecord.tr; |
---|
4823 | buffer[bufferIndex].delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
4824 | |
---|
4825 | /* Increment the aggregate size of the files in the buffer. */ |
---|
4826 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
4827 | strtoll((const char *) backupShadowRecord.tr.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
4828 | |
---|
4829 | /* Write the buffer to the transactions file if the buffer is full. */ |
---|
4830 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
4831 | { |
---|
4832 | /* Write the buffer to the file. */ |
---|
4833 | rc = writeBuffer(transactionsListHandle, buffer, |
---|
4834 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
4835 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4836 | { |
---|
4837 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
4838 | "createFilelist(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
4839 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4840 | } |
---|
4841 | |
---|
4842 | /* Update the size value. */ |
---|
4843 | currentServerFilesSize += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
4844 | |
---|
4845 | /* Clear the buffer for reuse. */ |
---|
4846 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
4847 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
4848 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
4849 | } |
---|
4850 | } /* end while (numberOfInodes > 0) */ |
---|
4851 | |
---|
4852 | /* Write the last buffer to the transactions file. */ |
---|
4853 | rc = writeBuffer(transactionsListHandle, buffer, |
---|
4854 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
4855 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4856 | { |
---|
4857 | fprintf(stderr, "createFilelist(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
4858 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4859 | } |
---|
4860 | |
---|
4861 | /* Update the aggregate size for the server. */ |
---|
4862 | currentServerFilesSize += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
4863 | backupCtrlP->inode.serverFilesSize = currentServerFilesSize; |
---|
4864 | |
---|
4865 | /* Close the created transactions file. */ |
---|
4866 | rc = close(transactionsListHandle); |
---|
4867 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
4868 | { |
---|
4869 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
4870 | "Cannot close file descriptor transactionsListHandle = %d\n", |
---|
4871 | transactionsListHandle); |
---|
4872 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4873 | } |
---|
4874 | |
---|
4875 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4876 | |
---|
4877 | return(rc); |
---|
4878 | |
---|
4879 | } /*------ end of createFilelist() ----------------*/ |
---|
4880 | |
---|
4881 | |
---|
4882 | /* |
---|
4883 | * NAME: processFilelist() |
---|
4884 | * |
---|
4885 | * FUNCTION |
---|
4886 | * Given a transactions file containing a list of files to be |
---|
4887 | * processed on the backup server, a list of backup clients to do |
---|
4888 | * the backup, and a TSM command to run, do the following: |
---|
4889 | * a) For each client node process, construct the corresponding |
---|
4890 | * filelist file. |
---|
4891 | * b) For each client node process, tell the client node to execute |
---|
4892 | * the TSM command against its corresponding filelist file. |
---|
4893 | * c) Process the return from each client node process regarding |
---|
4894 | * the level of success from the command execution. |
---|
4895 | * |
---|
4896 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
4897 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name for the filesystem |
---|
4898 | * transactionCmd: (IN) the command the client node will execute |
---|
4899 | * against a filelist file |
---|
4900 | * transactionCmdOptn: (IN) an option value to be passed to the |
---|
4901 | * transactionCmd |
---|
4902 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
4903 | * divyBySize: (IN) boolean flag indicating whether to divy the |
---|
4904 | * the filelist based on file sizes or not |
---|
4905 | * |
---|
4906 | * RETURNS: |
---|
4907 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
4908 | * |
---|
4909 | * NOTES: |
---|
4910 | */ |
---|
4911 | int processFilelist(char *fsName, |
---|
4912 | char *transactionCmd, |
---|
4913 | char *transactionCmdOptn, |
---|
4914 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP, |
---|
4915 | Boolean divyBySize) |
---|
4916 | { |
---|
4917 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
4918 | Int32 clientIndex, processIndex; |
---|
4919 | Int32 numberOfClients, numberOfProcesses; |
---|
4920 | static char *processCommand = "execTSMcommand"; // mmremote verb |
---|
4921 | FILE* filePtr[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
4922 | char *cmdReturnString[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
4923 | char *returnStrings; |
---|
4924 | backup_client_info_t *backupClient[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
4925 | pid_t pid[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
4926 | char processCmdBuffer[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][LINE_LENGTH]; |
---|
4927 | char linebuf[LINE_LENGTH]; /* buffer to store an output line */ |
---|
4928 | |
---|
4929 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
4930 | Boolean pendingTransactions = false; |
---|
4931 | Boolean partialSuccess = false; |
---|
4932 | char* fn = "processFilelist"; |
---|
4933 | |
---|
4934 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
4935 | |
---|
4936 | /* initializations */ |
---|
4937 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
4938 | numberOfClients = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
4939 | |
---|
4940 | /* Create the transaction files for the client processes. */ |
---|
4941 | if (divyBySize) { |
---|
4942 | rc = createClientFilelists(backupCtrlP); |
---|
4943 | } else { |
---|
4944 | rc = createClientFilelists2(backupCtrlP); |
---|
4945 | } |
---|
4946 | |
---|
4947 | /* Delete the original transactions file now that we are done with it. */ |
---|
4948 | unlink(transactionsList); |
---|
4949 | |
---|
4950 | /* If the call to createClientFilelists() or createClientFilelists2() |
---|
4951 | failed, print an error message and return with a bad return code. */ |
---|
4952 | if (rc == RC_FAIL) |
---|
4953 | { |
---|
4954 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
4955 | "processFilelist(): createClientFilelists() returned %d\n", rc); |
---|
4956 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4957 | } |
---|
4958 | |
---|
4959 | /* Get the number of processes that we will be creating. */ |
---|
4960 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses; |
---|
4961 | |
---|
4962 | /* Get the client nodes and storage for their command strings. */ |
---|
4963 | returnStrings = (char *) calloc(numberOfProcesses, (LINE_LENGTH)); |
---|
4964 | |
---|
4965 | /* Report error if calloc failed. */ |
---|
4966 | if (returnStrings == NULL) |
---|
4967 | { |
---|
4968 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist(): calloc failure"); |
---|
4969 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
4970 | } |
---|
4971 | |
---|
4972 | /* We depend on unused areas of the returnStrings being null chars. */ |
---|
4973 | memset(returnStrings, '\0', (numberOfProcesses * (LINE_LENGTH))); |
---|
4974 | |
---|
4975 | /* Initialize cmdReturnString array with pointers into returnStrings. */ |
---|
4976 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
4977 | { |
---|
4978 | cmdReturnString[processIndex] = returnStrings+(processIndex*(LINE_LENGTH)); |
---|
4979 | } |
---|
4980 | |
---|
4981 | /* Initialize the backupClient array. */ |
---|
4982 | for (clientIndex = 0; clientIndex < numberOfClients; clientIndex++) |
---|
4983 | { |
---|
4984 | backupClient[clientIndex] = |
---|
4985 | &(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex]); |
---|
4986 | } |
---|
4987 | |
---|
4988 | /* Create the pending transactions filename strings based |
---|
4989 | on whether we are processing deletions or changes. */ |
---|
4990 | if (strcmp(transactionCmd, "expire") == 0) |
---|
4991 | { |
---|
4992 | strcpy(pendingTransactionsListName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
4993 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
4994 | fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
4995 | } else { |
---|
4996 | strcpy(pendingTransactionsListName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
4997 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
4998 | fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
4999 | } |
---|
5000 | |
---|
5001 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5002 | |
---|
5003 | /* |
---|
5004 | * The following loop forks processes that do the backups in parallel |
---|
5005 | * on the TSM clients. Each process invokes a script on a client node |
---|
5006 | * which in turn issues the desired TSM backup command. Each client |
---|
5007 | * may run multiple processes in parallel. |
---|
5008 | */ |
---|
5009 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
5010 | { |
---|
5011 | /* Calculate the client index from the process index value. */ |
---|
5012 | clientIndex = processIndex % numberOfClients; |
---|
5013 | |
---|
5014 | /* Create the command to be forked. */ |
---|
5015 | snprintf(processCmdBuffer[processIndex], |
---|
5016 | sizeof(processCmdBuffer[processIndex]), |
---|
5017 | "%s/bin/mmcommon on1long %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %d %d %s %d", |
---|
5018 | INSTALL_DIRECTORY, |
---|
5019 | backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName, |
---|
5020 | processCommand, |
---|
5021 | fsName, |
---|
5022 | transactionCmd, |
---|
5023 | transactionCmdOptn, |
---|
5024 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5025 | masterNode, |
---|
5026 | masterPID, |
---|
5027 | processIndex, |
---|
5028 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.serverName, |
---|
5029 | ioRate); |
---|
5030 | |
---|
5031 | /* Fork a command to cause the backup to execute as a client process. */ |
---|
5032 | filePtr[processIndex] = pipeOpen(processCmdBuffer[processIndex], "r", |
---|
5033 | &pid[processIndex]); |
---|
5034 | if (filePtr[processIndex] == NULL) |
---|
5035 | { |
---|
5036 | /* |
---|
5037 | * The client process failed. Rename its transactions file |
---|
5038 | * to serve as a pending transactions file and set a flag |
---|
5039 | * to indicate that there are pending transactions. |
---|
5040 | */ |
---|
5041 | |
---|
5042 | /* Create the pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
5043 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
5044 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
5045 | |
---|
5046 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
5047 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5048 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5049 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5050 | { |
---|
5051 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
5052 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5053 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
5054 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
5055 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5056 | } |
---|
5057 | |
---|
5058 | /* Set the pending transactions flag and issue a message. */ |
---|
5059 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
5060 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5061 | "processFilelist(): pipeOpen() returned filePtr[%d] = NULL\n", |
---|
5062 | processIndex); |
---|
5063 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
5064 | } |
---|
5065 | } |
---|
5066 | |
---|
5067 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5068 | |
---|
5069 | /* Loop through the client processes to get each one's return string. */ |
---|
5070 | /* NOTE: When at least one process has at least partially successfully |
---|
5071 | backed up its list of files, the overall operation will be |
---|
5072 | indicated as having had at least a partial successful completion. */ |
---|
5073 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
5074 | { |
---|
5075 | if (fgets(linebuf, sizeof(linebuf), filePtr[processIndex]) != NULL) |
---|
5076 | { |
---|
5077 | strcpy(cmdReturnString[processIndex], linebuf); |
---|
5078 | } |
---|
5079 | else |
---|
5080 | { |
---|
5081 | /* Handle the case where the client process has failed. */ |
---|
5082 | |
---|
5083 | /* First create the pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
5084 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
5085 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
5086 | |
---|
5087 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
5088 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5089 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5090 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5091 | { |
---|
5092 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
5093 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5094 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
5095 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
5096 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5097 | } |
---|
5098 | |
---|
5099 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5100 | "processFilelist(): no output received from client process %d\n", |
---|
5101 | processIndex); |
---|
5102 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
5103 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
5104 | } |
---|
5105 | |
---|
5106 | /* Close the pipe that was opened for the client process. */ |
---|
5107 | pipeClose(filePtr[processIndex], pid[processIndex]); |
---|
5108 | |
---|
5109 | } |
---|
5110 | |
---|
5111 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5112 | |
---|
5113 | /* |
---|
5114 | * Check the completion level to determine |
---|
5115 | * the level of success for the operation. |
---|
5116 | */ |
---|
5117 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
5118 | { |
---|
5119 | /* Calculate the client index from the process index value. */ |
---|
5120 | clientIndex = processIndex % numberOfClients; |
---|
5121 | |
---|
5122 | if (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], "Operation_Success") != NULL) |
---|
5123 | { |
---|
5124 | /* In this case all the files were successfully backed up. Set a flag |
---|
5125 | indicating at least partial successful operation completion. |
---|
5126 | */ |
---|
5127 | partialSuccess = true; |
---|
5128 | if (Tracing) { |
---|
5129 | fprintf(stderr, "Process %d on client %s successfully processed its list of files.\n", processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
5130 | } |
---|
5131 | |
---|
5132 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
5133 | /* Do not delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
5134 | #else |
---|
5135 | /* Delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
5136 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5137 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
5138 | |
---|
5139 | } |
---|
5140 | else if (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], "Operation_Partial_Success") |
---|
5141 | != NULL) |
---|
5142 | { |
---|
5143 | /* Not all of the files were successfully backed up. The mmexectsmcmd |
---|
5144 | script should have created a file named PendingTransactions_L (where |
---|
5145 | L is the process index) which contains the names of the files that |
---|
5146 | were not successfully operated on. Save the name of this file into |
---|
5147 | clientPendingTransactionsList, the pending transaction files array. */ |
---|
5148 | |
---|
5149 | /* Set flag indicating at least partial successful operation. */ |
---|
5150 | partialSuccess = true; |
---|
5151 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
5152 | fprintf(stderr, "Process %d on client %s had partial success in processing its list of files.\n", processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
5153 | |
---|
5154 | /* Save the name of the pending transactions file into the |
---|
5155 | clientPendingTransactionsList array. */ |
---|
5156 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
5157 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
5158 | |
---|
5159 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
5160 | /* Do not delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
5161 | #else |
---|
5162 | /* Delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
5163 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5164 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
5165 | |
---|
5166 | } |
---|
5167 | else if ((strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex],"Operation_Failure") != NULL) |
---|
5168 | || |
---|
5169 | (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex],"Already_running") != NULL)) |
---|
5170 | { |
---|
5171 | /* The backup operation on the client process failed. Rename its |
---|
5172 | transactions file to clientPendingTransactionsList_L. */ |
---|
5173 | |
---|
5174 | /* Create the process's pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
5175 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
5176 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
5177 | |
---|
5178 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
5179 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5180 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5181 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5182 | { |
---|
5183 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
5184 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
5185 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
5186 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
5187 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5188 | } |
---|
5189 | |
---|
5190 | /* Issue a message to help the user understand what failed |
---|
5191 | and set the transaction pending flag and a bad return code. */ |
---|
5192 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5193 | "\n%s\n", 2 + strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], ":")); |
---|
5194 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5195 | "Process %d on client %s failed in processing its list of files.\n", |
---|
5196 | processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
5197 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
5198 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
5199 | } |
---|
5200 | else |
---|
5201 | { |
---|
5202 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5203 | "Process %d on client %s returned unexpected results: %s\n", |
---|
5204 | processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName, |
---|
5205 | cmdReturnString[processIndex]); |
---|
5206 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
5207 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5208 | } |
---|
5209 | } |
---|
5210 | |
---|
5211 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5212 | |
---|
5213 | /* Return the storage we obtained for the return strings. */ |
---|
5214 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
5215 | |
---|
5216 | /* Set the return code and do required cleanup based on the outcome. */ |
---|
5217 | if (partialSuccess) |
---|
5218 | { |
---|
5219 | if (pendingTransactions) /* partial success */ |
---|
5220 | { |
---|
5221 | /* Merge the pendingTransactionsList_L files into a single |
---|
5222 | pendingTransactionsList file. */ |
---|
5223 | rc = createPendingFile(fsName, backupCtrlP, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
5224 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5225 | { |
---|
5226 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile() failed with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5227 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5228 | } |
---|
5229 | |
---|
5230 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
5231 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
5232 | } |
---|
5233 | else /* total success */ |
---|
5234 | { |
---|
5235 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
5236 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5237 | } |
---|
5238 | } |
---|
5239 | else /* total failure */ |
---|
5240 | { |
---|
5241 | /* Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
5242 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
5243 | { |
---|
5244 | /* Delete the client transactions file and the |
---|
5245 | client pending transactions file if either exists. */ |
---|
5246 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5247 | unlink(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
5248 | } |
---|
5249 | |
---|
5250 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
5251 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
5252 | |
---|
5253 | } // end if (partialSuccess) |
---|
5254 | |
---|
5255 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5256 | |
---|
5257 | return(rc); |
---|
5258 | |
---|
5259 | } /*------ end of processFilelist() ----------------*/ |
---|
5260 | |
---|
5261 | |
---|
5262 | /* |
---|
5263 | * NAME: createPendingFile() |
---|
5264 | * |
---|
5265 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
5266 | * Consolidate the pending transactions files from the client processes |
---|
5267 | * into a single pending transactions file relating to the server. |
---|
5268 | * |
---|
5269 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
5270 | * fsName: (IN) full path name of filesystem mount point |
---|
5271 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
5272 | * pendingFile: (IN) name of file to be created containing the |
---|
5273 | * pending transactions |
---|
5274 | * |
---|
5275 | * RETURNS: |
---|
5276 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
5277 | * |
---|
5278 | * NOTES: |
---|
5279 | * It is assumed that if a client has failed to backup all the files which |
---|
5280 | * were to be backed up by that client, a file exists associated with that |
---|
5281 | * client which contains all the file names which were not backed up. |
---|
5282 | */ |
---|
5283 | int createPendingFile(char *fsName, |
---|
5284 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP, |
---|
5285 | char *pendingFile) |
---|
5286 | { |
---|
5287 | Int32 numberOfClients, processesPerClient, numberOfProcesses; |
---|
5288 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5289 | Int32 clientIndex, j; |
---|
5290 | char *filenamesString = NULL; |
---|
5291 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
5292 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
5293 | Boolean pendingFiles = false; |
---|
5294 | char* fn = "createPendingFile"; |
---|
5295 | |
---|
5296 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5297 | |
---|
5298 | /* Initialize some pointers. */ |
---|
5299 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
5300 | |
---|
5301 | /* Initialize the number of clients and the number of client processes. */ |
---|
5302 | numberOfClients = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
5303 | processesPerClient = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
5304 | numberOfProcesses = numberOfClients * processesPerClient; |
---|
5305 | |
---|
5306 | /* If there is only one client process for the server and the |
---|
5307 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0] file exists, just rename it |
---|
5308 | to pendingTransactionsList file. */ |
---|
5309 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
5310 | { |
---|
5311 | /* Check the existence of the clientPendingTransactionsList_0 file. */ |
---|
5312 | rc = stat(clientPendingTransactionsList[0], &statBuf); |
---|
5313 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
5314 | { |
---|
5315 | if (errno == ENOENT) |
---|
5316 | { |
---|
5317 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s does not exist.\n", |
---|
5318 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
5319 | } |
---|
5320 | else |
---|
5321 | { |
---|
5322 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
5323 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0], errno); |
---|
5324 | } |
---|
5325 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5326 | } |
---|
5327 | else |
---|
5328 | { |
---|
5329 | /* Rename the client process pending transactions file to the |
---|
5330 | desired pending transactions file. */ |
---|
5331 | rc = rename(clientPendingTransactionsList[0], pendingFile); |
---|
5332 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5333 | { |
---|
5334 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
5335 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0], pendingTransactionsList, rc); |
---|
5336 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5337 | } |
---|
5338 | } |
---|
5339 | } |
---|
5340 | else /* We come here if there is more than one client process. */ |
---|
5341 | { |
---|
5342 | /* For each client process, determine whether a pending transactions |
---|
5343 | file exists. If so, put its name into a string of client process |
---|
5344 | pending transaction files. If the string contains one or more names, |
---|
5345 | issue a cat command to have all the files concatenated into one pending |
---|
5346 | transactions file for the server. */ |
---|
5347 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
5348 | { |
---|
5349 | rc = stat(clientPendingTransactionsList[j], &statBuf); |
---|
5350 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
5351 | { |
---|
5352 | if (errno == ENOENT) |
---|
5353 | { |
---|
5354 | /* The clientPendingTransactionsList_j file does not exist. */ |
---|
5355 | continue; |
---|
5356 | } |
---|
5357 | else |
---|
5358 | { |
---|
5359 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
5360 | clientPendingTransactionsList[j], errno); |
---|
5361 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5362 | } |
---|
5363 | } |
---|
5364 | else |
---|
5365 | { |
---|
5366 | /* Set a flag to indicate that there are pending files to process. */ |
---|
5367 | pendingFiles = true; |
---|
5368 | |
---|
5369 | /* Get initial space for string or increase the space as necessary. */ |
---|
5370 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
5371 | { |
---|
5372 | /* Obtain space for the name + 2 extra characters (' ' and '\0'). */ |
---|
5373 | filenamesString = (char*) malloc( |
---|
5374 | strlen((clientPendingTransactionsList[j]) + 2) * sizeof(char)); |
---|
5375 | |
---|
5376 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
5377 | { |
---|
5378 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile(): malloc failure\n"); |
---|
5379 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5380 | } |
---|
5381 | |
---|
5382 | /* Zero the storage for the string before using it. */ |
---|
5383 | memset(filenamesString, '\0', sizeof(char)); |
---|
5384 | } |
---|
5385 | else |
---|
5386 | { |
---|
5387 | char* oldNamesString; |
---|
5388 | oldNamesString = filenamesString; |
---|
5389 | |
---|
5390 | /* Obtain additional space for the name plus 2 extra characters |
---|
5391 | (' ' and '\0'). */ |
---|
5392 | filenamesString = (char*) realloc(filenamesString, |
---|
5393 | (strlen(filenamesString) + 2 + strlen(clientPendingTransactionsList[j])) |
---|
5394 | * sizeof(char)); |
---|
5395 | |
---|
5396 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
5397 | { |
---|
5398 | /* free old memory */ |
---|
5399 | free(oldNamesString); |
---|
5400 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile(): realloc failure\n"); |
---|
5401 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5402 | } |
---|
5403 | } |
---|
5404 | |
---|
5405 | /* Append the file name to a string consisting of the names of all |
---|
5406 | client process pending transactions files separated by blanks. */ |
---|
5407 | strcat(filenamesString, clientPendingTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
5408 | strcat(filenamesString, " "); |
---|
5409 | } |
---|
5410 | } /* for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) */ |
---|
5411 | } |
---|
5412 | |
---|
5413 | /* If there are pending files because one or more of the processes failed, |
---|
5414 | concatenate the files together into a single pending transactions file. */ |
---|
5415 | if (pendingFiles) |
---|
5416 | { |
---|
5417 | /* Create the server's pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
5418 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
5419 | "%s/%s", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName); |
---|
5420 | |
---|
5421 | /* Concatenate the pending transations files from the client processes |
---|
5422 | into a single file that is the server's pending transactions file. */ |
---|
5423 | // BCH - Recode this to use a loop with open(), read(), write(), close() |
---|
5424 | // BCH It will be much more efficient (faster reads and no system() ) |
---|
5425 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
5426 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, "/usr/bin/cat %s > %s", |
---|
5427 | filenamesString, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
5428 | #else |
---|
5429 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, "/bin/cat %s > %s", |
---|
5430 | filenamesString, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
5431 | #endif |
---|
5432 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
5433 | |
---|
5434 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
5435 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5436 | { |
---|
5437 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
5438 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5439 | } |
---|
5440 | |
---|
5441 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
5442 | /* Do not remove the clientPendingTransactionsList files. */ |
---|
5443 | #else |
---|
5444 | /* Issue the rm command to have the clientPendingTransactionsList files |
---|
5445 | deleted. Using rm instead of unlink allows us to delete them all |
---|
5446 | in one command. */ |
---|
5447 | // BCH - true, but you pay for the overhead of system(). Recode? |
---|
5448 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, |
---|
5449 | "%s %s > /dev/null", RM, filenamesString); |
---|
5450 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
5451 | |
---|
5452 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
5453 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5454 | { |
---|
5455 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
5456 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5457 | } |
---|
5458 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
5459 | |
---|
5460 | /* Free the memory for the string of file names. */ |
---|
5461 | free(filenamesString); |
---|
5462 | filenamesString = NULL; |
---|
5463 | } |
---|
5464 | else |
---|
5465 | { |
---|
5466 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5467 | } |
---|
5468 | |
---|
5469 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5470 | |
---|
5471 | return(rc); |
---|
5472 | |
---|
5473 | } /*------ end of createPendingFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
5474 | |
---|
5475 | |
---|
5476 | /* |
---|
5477 | * NAME: doFSFileDeletions() |
---|
5478 | * |
---|
5479 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
5480 | * Determine the files which have been deleted from a filesystem |
---|
5481 | * and expire them from the backed up copy of the filesystem. |
---|
5482 | * |
---|
5483 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
5484 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
5485 | * fsSnapshotPathname: (IN) The full path name of a directory name |
---|
5486 | * indicating where a snapshot of the filesystem |
---|
5487 | * is to be stored. |
---|
5488 | * RETURNS: |
---|
5489 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
5490 | * |
---|
5491 | * NOTES: |
---|
5492 | */ |
---|
5493 | int doFSFileDeletions(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
5494 | { |
---|
5495 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5496 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
5497 | Boolean fileDeletions = false; |
---|
5498 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP; |
---|
5499 | char* fn = "doFSFileDeletions"; |
---|
5500 | |
---|
5501 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5502 | |
---|
5503 | /* Do a regular inode scan. The inodes for all the files in the |
---|
5504 | filesystem will be returned. */ |
---|
5505 | inodeBitsArrayP = &inodeBitsP; |
---|
5506 | rc = doInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, inodeBitsArrayP, backupControlP); |
---|
5507 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5508 | { |
---|
5509 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5510 | "doFSFileDeletions(): doInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5511 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5512 | } |
---|
5513 | |
---|
5514 | /* Create a backup shadow file, and store it |
---|
5515 | at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
5516 | numShadows = 1; |
---|
5517 | rc = createSnapshotShadows(fsName, numShadows, inodeBitsP); |
---|
5518 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5519 | { |
---|
5520 | fprintf(stderr, "createSnapshotShadows() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5521 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
5522 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5523 | } |
---|
5524 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
5525 | |
---|
5526 | /* Sort the backup shadow file(s) by inode number. */ |
---|
5527 | rc = sortShadowfilesByInode(numShadows); |
---|
5528 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
5529 | { |
---|
5530 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByInode() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5531 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5532 | } |
---|
5533 | |
---|
5534 | /* Update the .backup_shadow0 file with the correct |
---|
5535 | file sizes and erase the filesizes file. */ |
---|
5536 | rc = updateShadowfilesFilesizes(numShadows); |
---|
5537 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
5538 | { |
---|
5539 | fprintf(stderr, "updateShadowfilesFilesizes() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5540 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5541 | } |
---|
5542 | |
---|
5543 | /* Sort the backup shadow file into alphabetical order by filename, |
---|
5544 | and store the results in a single backup shadow file. */ |
---|
5545 | rc = sortShadowfilesByFilename(); |
---|
5546 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
5547 | { |
---|
5548 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByFilename() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5549 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5550 | } |
---|
5551 | |
---|
5552 | /* Get the list of files to be deleted. */ |
---|
5553 | rc = getFilelistDeletions(backupShadowCheck, backupShadowFile, |
---|
5554 | &fileDeletions, (char *) &deletionsFile); |
---|
5555 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5556 | { |
---|
5557 | fprintf(stderr, "getFilelistDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5558 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
5559 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5560 | } |
---|
5561 | |
---|
5562 | /* Take an early exit if there are no file deletions. */ |
---|
5563 | if (fileDeletions == false) |
---|
5564 | { |
---|
5565 | return(RC_SUCCESS); |
---|
5566 | } |
---|
5567 | |
---|
5568 | /* Rename the deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
5569 | tmp = rename(deletionsFile, transactionsList); |
---|
5570 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
5571 | { |
---|
5572 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
5573 | deletionsFile, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
5574 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5575 | } |
---|
5576 | |
---|
5577 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The false flag |
---|
5578 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
5579 | among the client processes by number of files, not by aggregate |
---|
5580 | file size, which is what makes sense when doing deletions. */ |
---|
5581 | rc = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
5582 | transactionCmdExpire, |
---|
5583 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
5584 | backupControlP, |
---|
5585 | false); |
---|
5586 | |
---|
5587 | /* Process the return code. */ |
---|
5588 | switch (rc) |
---|
5589 | { |
---|
5590 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
5591 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5592 | break; |
---|
5593 | |
---|
5594 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
5595 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
5596 | break; |
---|
5597 | |
---|
5598 | default: |
---|
5599 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5600 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
5601 | break; |
---|
5602 | } |
---|
5603 | |
---|
5604 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5605 | |
---|
5606 | return(rc); |
---|
5607 | |
---|
5608 | } /*------ end of doFSFileDeletions() ----------------*/ |
---|
5609 | |
---|
5610 | |
---|
5611 | /* |
---|
5612 | * NAME: getFilelistDeletions() |
---|
5613 | * |
---|
5614 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
5615 | * Given two shadow files, each one containing the list of files |
---|
5616 | * and directories of a filesystem at one point, determine the |
---|
5617 | * list of files in the first shadow file which are not in the |
---|
5618 | * second shadow file and put that list into a deletions file. |
---|
5619 | * Return the full path name of the created file. |
---|
5620 | * |
---|
5621 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
5622 | * oldShadowFile: (IN) full path name of first shadow file |
---|
5623 | * newShadowFile: (IN) full path name of second shadow file |
---|
5624 | * fileDeletions: (OUT) flag indicating whether there were any |
---|
5625 | * deleted files; a true value indicates |
---|
5626 | * there were |
---|
5627 | * deletionsFilelist: (OUT) pointer to name of file containing the list |
---|
5628 | * of files which are in oldShadowFile but |
---|
5629 | * are not in newShadowFile |
---|
5630 | * |
---|
5631 | * RETURNS: |
---|
5632 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
5633 | * |
---|
5634 | * NOTES: |
---|
5635 | */ |
---|
5636 | int getFilelistDeletions(const char *oldShadowFile, |
---|
5637 | const char *newShadowFile, |
---|
5638 | Boolean *fileDeletions, |
---|
5639 | char *deletionsFilelist) |
---|
5640 | { |
---|
5641 | Int32 fp_del, fp_old_shadow, fp_new_shadow; |
---|
5642 | Int32 j, offset; |
---|
5643 | Int32 rc1, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5644 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
5645 | backup_shadow_record_t oldShadowRecord; |
---|
5646 | backup_shadow_record_t newShadowRecord; |
---|
5647 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
5648 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
5649 | Int64 numberOfOldShadowRecords, numberOfNewShadowRecords; |
---|
5650 | Int64 recordInOldShadow, recordInNewShadow; |
---|
5651 | offset_t nextReadOldShadowOffset, actualOldShadowOffset; |
---|
5652 | offset_t nextReadNewShadowOffset, actualNewShadowOffset; |
---|
5653 | size_t shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
5654 | size_t transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
5655 | char* eq_p; |
---|
5656 | Boolean shadowDeletions = false; |
---|
5657 | Boolean searchNeeded = false; |
---|
5658 | Boolean readNewRecord = true; |
---|
5659 | char* fn = "getFilelistDeletions"; |
---|
5660 | |
---|
5661 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5662 | |
---|
5663 | /* Stat the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
5664 | if (stat(oldShadowFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
5665 | { |
---|
5666 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file %s, errno=%d\n", oldShadowFile, errno); |
---|
5667 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5668 | } |
---|
5669 | |
---|
5670 | /* Determine the number of records in the old shadow file. */ |
---|
5671 | numberOfOldShadowRecords = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
5672 | |
---|
5673 | /* Open the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
5674 | fp_old_shadow = open(oldShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
5675 | if (fp_old_shadow == -1) |
---|
5676 | { |
---|
5677 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", oldShadowFile); |
---|
5678 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5679 | } |
---|
5680 | |
---|
5681 | /* Stat the new backup shadow file. */ |
---|
5682 | if (stat(newShadowFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
5683 | { |
---|
5684 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
5685 | newShadowFile, errno); |
---|
5686 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5687 | } |
---|
5688 | |
---|
5689 | /* Determine the number of records in the new shadow file. */ |
---|
5690 | numberOfNewShadowRecords = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
5691 | |
---|
5692 | /* Open the new backup shadow file. */ |
---|
5693 | fp_new_shadow = open(newShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
5694 | if (fp_new_shadow == -1) |
---|
5695 | { |
---|
5696 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", newShadowFile); |
---|
5697 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5698 | } |
---|
5699 | |
---|
5700 | /* Create the full pathname for the deletions file for the filesystem. */ |
---|
5701 | snprintf(deletionsFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, deletionsName); |
---|
5702 | |
---|
5703 | /* Create and open the deletions file in append mode. */ |
---|
5704 | fp_del = open(deletionsFile, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
5705 | if (fp_del == -1) |
---|
5706 | { |
---|
5707 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", deletionsFile); |
---|
5708 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5709 | } |
---|
5710 | |
---|
5711 | recordInOldShadow = 0; |
---|
5712 | recordInNewShadow = 0; |
---|
5713 | nextReadOldShadowOffset = recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
5714 | actualOldShadowOffset = lseek(fp_old_shadow, |
---|
5715 | recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize, |
---|
5716 | SEEK_SET); |
---|
5717 | if (actualOldShadowOffset != nextReadOldShadowOffset) |
---|
5718 | { |
---|
5719 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
5720 | recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize, oldShadowFile); |
---|
5721 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5722 | } |
---|
5723 | nextReadNewShadowOffset = recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
5724 | actualNewShadowOffset = lseek(fp_new_shadow, |
---|
5725 | recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize, |
---|
5726 | SEEK_SET); |
---|
5727 | if (actualNewShadowOffset != nextReadNewShadowOffset) |
---|
5728 | { |
---|
5729 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
5730 | recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize, newShadowFile); |
---|
5731 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5732 | } |
---|
5733 | |
---|
5734 | /* Loop through the old shadow file. */ |
---|
5735 | while (recordInOldShadow < numberOfOldShadowRecords) |
---|
5736 | { |
---|
5737 | /* Read a record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
5738 | bytesRead = read(fp_old_shadow, &oldShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
5739 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
5740 | { |
---|
5741 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", fp_old_shadow); |
---|
5742 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5743 | } |
---|
5744 | |
---|
5745 | /* Indicate a search for a matching record in the |
---|
5746 | new shadow file should be done. */ |
---|
5747 | searchNeeded = true; |
---|
5748 | |
---|
5749 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
5750 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
5751 | offset = atoi((const char *) oldShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
5752 | eq_p = oldShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
5753 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
5754 | |
---|
5755 | /* Loop through the new shadow file. */ |
---|
5756 | while (recordInNewShadow < numberOfNewShadowRecords) |
---|
5757 | { |
---|
5758 | if (readNewRecord) |
---|
5759 | { |
---|
5760 | /* Read a record from the new shadow file. */ |
---|
5761 | bytesRead = read(fp_new_shadow, &newShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
5762 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
5763 | { |
---|
5764 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", |
---|
5765 | fp_new_shadow); |
---|
5766 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5767 | } |
---|
5768 | |
---|
5769 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
5770 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
5771 | offset = atoi((const char *) newShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
5772 | eq_p = newShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
5773 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
5774 | |
---|
5775 | } /* end of if (readNewRecord) */ |
---|
5776 | |
---|
5777 | /* Compare the records from the old and new shadow files. */ |
---|
5778 | rc1 = strcmp((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
5779 | (const char *) &newShadowRecord.tr.filename); |
---|
5780 | if (rc1 > 0) |
---|
5781 | { |
---|
5782 | /* We have not yet encountered a file in the new shadow file |
---|
5783 | that comes lexicographically after the file from the old |
---|
5784 | shadow file, so read the next record from the new shadow file. */ |
---|
5785 | recordInNewShadow++; |
---|
5786 | readNewRecord = true; |
---|
5787 | continue; |
---|
5788 | } |
---|
5789 | |
---|
5790 | if (rc1 == 0) |
---|
5791 | { |
---|
5792 | /* The names match. */ |
---|
5793 | recordInOldShadow++; |
---|
5794 | recordInNewShadow++; |
---|
5795 | readNewRecord = true; |
---|
5796 | searchNeeded = false; |
---|
5797 | break; |
---|
5798 | } |
---|
5799 | |
---|
5800 | if (rc1 < 0) |
---|
5801 | { |
---|
5802 | /* We just encountered a file in the new shadow file that comes |
---|
5803 | lexicographically after the file from the old shadow file, |
---|
5804 | so the file name does not exist in the newShadowFile (i.e., |
---|
5805 | it must have been deleted). Construct a transaction record |
---|
5806 | for the record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
5807 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5808 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
5809 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
5810 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
5811 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
5812 | |
---|
5813 | /* Write the created transactions record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
5814 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5815 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
5816 | { |
---|
5817 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
5818 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5819 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5820 | } |
---|
5821 | shadowDeletions = true; |
---|
5822 | recordInOldShadow++; |
---|
5823 | readNewRecord = false; |
---|
5824 | searchNeeded = false; |
---|
5825 | break; |
---|
5826 | } /* end of if (rc1 < 0) */ |
---|
5827 | |
---|
5828 | } /* end of while (recordInNewShadow < numberOfNewShadowRecords) */ |
---|
5829 | |
---|
5830 | /* Did we exhaust all of the records in the |
---|
5831 | new shadow file in the course of a search? */ |
---|
5832 | if (searchNeeded && recordInNewShadow == numberOfNewShadowRecords) |
---|
5833 | { |
---|
5834 | /* If we get here, it indicates that the old record was |
---|
5835 | lexicographically greater than all of the records in the new |
---|
5836 | shadow file. We will therefore copy the old record and all of |
---|
5837 | the remaining old records to the deletions file. */ |
---|
5838 | |
---|
5839 | /* First, construct the transaction record for the |
---|
5840 | current old shadow record. */ |
---|
5841 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5842 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
5843 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
5844 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
5845 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
5846 | |
---|
5847 | /* Write the created transaction record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
5848 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5849 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
5850 | { |
---|
5851 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
5852 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5853 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5854 | } |
---|
5855 | |
---|
5856 | /* Set a flag to indicate that deletions were found. */ |
---|
5857 | shadowDeletions = true; |
---|
5858 | |
---|
5859 | /* Copy all of the remaining old shadow file records to the |
---|
5860 | deletions file and exit the loop. */ |
---|
5861 | for (j = recordInOldShadow+1; j < numberOfOldShadowRecords; j++) |
---|
5862 | { |
---|
5863 | /* Read a record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
5864 | bytesRead = read(fp_old_shadow, &oldShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
5865 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
5866 | { |
---|
5867 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5868 | "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", fp_old_shadow); |
---|
5869 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5870 | } |
---|
5871 | |
---|
5872 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
5873 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
5874 | offset = atoi((const char *) oldShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
5875 | eq_p = oldShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
5876 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
5877 | |
---|
5878 | /* Construct the transaction record for the shadow record. */ |
---|
5879 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5880 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
5881 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
5882 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
5883 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
5884 | |
---|
5885 | /* Write the created transactions record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
5886 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5887 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
5888 | { |
---|
5889 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
5890 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
5891 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5892 | } |
---|
5893 | } /* end of for loop */ |
---|
5894 | break; // exit the loop through the old shadow file |
---|
5895 | |
---|
5896 | } /* if (recordInNewShadow == numberOfNewShadowRecords) */ |
---|
5897 | |
---|
5898 | } /* end of while (recordInOldShadow < numberOfOldShadowRecords) */ |
---|
5899 | |
---|
5900 | /* Close the deletions file. */ |
---|
5901 | rc = close(fp_del); |
---|
5902 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
5903 | { |
---|
5904 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
5905 | fp_del, deletionsFile); |
---|
5906 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5907 | } |
---|
5908 | |
---|
5909 | /* Close the old and new shadow files. */ |
---|
5910 | rc = close(fp_old_shadow); |
---|
5911 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
5912 | { |
---|
5913 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
5914 | fp_old_shadow, oldShadowFile); |
---|
5915 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5916 | } |
---|
5917 | rc = close(fp_new_shadow); |
---|
5918 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
5919 | { |
---|
5920 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
5921 | fp_new_shadow, newShadowFile); |
---|
5922 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5923 | } |
---|
5924 | |
---|
5925 | /* If there were deletions, set the deletions flag to true and |
---|
5926 | pass it and the name of the deletions file back to the caller. */ |
---|
5927 | if (shadowDeletions) |
---|
5928 | { |
---|
5929 | *fileDeletions = true; |
---|
5930 | strncpy(deletionsFilelist, deletionsFile, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
5931 | } |
---|
5932 | else |
---|
5933 | { |
---|
5934 | /* Indicate no deletions and delete the deletions file. */ |
---|
5935 | *fileDeletions = false; |
---|
5936 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
5937 | } |
---|
5938 | |
---|
5939 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5940 | |
---|
5941 | return(rc); |
---|
5942 | |
---|
5943 | } /*------ end of getFilelistDeletions() ----------------*/ |
---|
5944 | |
---|
5945 | |
---|
5946 | /* |
---|
5947 | * NAME: doFSFileChanges() |
---|
5948 | * |
---|
5949 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
5950 | * Determine the files which have changed or which have been added |
---|
5951 | * to a filesystem and back them up. |
---|
5952 | * |
---|
5953 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
5954 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
5955 | * fsSnapshotPathname: (IN) The full path name of a directory name |
---|
5956 | * indicating where a snapshot of the filesystem |
---|
5957 | * is to be stored. |
---|
5958 | * |
---|
5959 | * RETURNS: |
---|
5960 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
5961 | * |
---|
5962 | * NOTES: |
---|
5963 | */ |
---|
5964 | int doFSFileChanges(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
5965 | { |
---|
5966 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
5967 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
5968 | char filenameTemp[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
5969 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArray2P; |
---|
5970 | char* fn = "doFSFileChanges"; |
---|
5971 | |
---|
5972 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
5973 | |
---|
5974 | /* Do an incremental inode scan. Only the bits for inodes corresponding |
---|
5975 | to files that have changed since the previous backup will be set. */ |
---|
5976 | inodeBitsArray2P = &inodeBits2P; |
---|
5977 | rc = doIncrInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, &prevSnapId, inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
5978 | backupControlP); |
---|
5979 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5980 | { |
---|
5981 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5982 | "doFSFileChanges(): doIncrInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
5983 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
5984 | } |
---|
5985 | |
---|
5986 | /* Create the full pathname for the changes file for the filesystem. */ |
---|
5987 | snprintf(changesFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, changesName); |
---|
5988 | |
---|
5989 | /* Using the bitmap to identify the changed files, extract the names of the |
---|
5990 | changed files from the backup shadow file to create the changes file. */ |
---|
5991 | rc = extractChangedFiles(backupShadowFile, *inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
5992 | &fileChanges, changesFile); |
---|
5993 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
5994 | { |
---|
5995 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
5996 | "getFSFileChanges(): extractChangedFiles() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
5997 | rc); |
---|
5998 | unlink(changesFile); |
---|
5999 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6000 | } |
---|
6001 | |
---|
6002 | /* Process any changes that were found. */ |
---|
6003 | if (fileChanges == true) |
---|
6004 | { |
---|
6005 | /* Rename the changes file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
6006 | tmp = rename(changesFile, transactionsList); |
---|
6007 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
6008 | { |
---|
6009 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
6010 | changesFile, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
6011 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6012 | } |
---|
6013 | |
---|
6014 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The false flag |
---|
6015 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
6016 | among the client processes by number of files, not by aggregate |
---|
6017 | file size, which is what makes sense when doing deletions. */ |
---|
6018 | rc = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
6019 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
6020 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
6021 | backupControlP, |
---|
6022 | false); |
---|
6023 | } |
---|
6024 | else // There were no changes to process, so indicate success. |
---|
6025 | { |
---|
6026 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
6027 | } |
---|
6028 | |
---|
6029 | /* Process the return code. */ |
---|
6030 | switch (rc) |
---|
6031 | { |
---|
6032 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
6033 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
6034 | break; |
---|
6035 | |
---|
6036 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
6037 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
6038 | /* Rename the backup shadow file to be the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
6039 | tmp = rename(backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck); |
---|
6040 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
6041 | { |
---|
6042 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
6043 | backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck, rc); |
---|
6044 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6045 | } |
---|
6046 | break; |
---|
6047 | |
---|
6048 | default: |
---|
6049 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
6050 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
6051 | break; |
---|
6052 | } |
---|
6053 | |
---|
6054 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
6055 | |
---|
6056 | return(rc); |
---|
6057 | |
---|
6058 | } /*------ end of doFSFileChanges() ----------------*/ |
---|
6059 | |
---|
6060 | |
---|
6061 | /* |
---|
6062 | * NAME: extractChangedFiles() |
---|
6063 | * |
---|
6064 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
6065 | * Extract the transaction records for the changed files from the |
---|
6066 | * input file, returning them in the output file. |
---|
6067 | * |
---|
6068 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
6069 | * filein - (IN) the name of the file containing the pertinent |
---|
6070 | * backup shadow information |
---|
6071 | * bitMap - (IN) pointer to the bit map array that indicates |
---|
6072 | * whether a given inode is for a changed file |
---|
6073 | * fileChanges - (OUT) flag indicating whether there were any |
---|
6074 | * deleted files; a true value indicates |
---|
6075 | * there were |
---|
6076 | * fileout - (IN) the name of the file where the extracted |
---|
6077 | * transaction records should be written |
---|
6078 | * |
---|
6079 | * RETURNS: |
---|
6080 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
6081 | * |
---|
6082 | * NOTES: |
---|
6083 | */ |
---|
6084 | int extractChangedFiles(char *filein, |
---|
6085 | inodeBitsArray bitMap, |
---|
6086 | Boolean *fileChanges, |
---|
6087 | char *fileout) |
---|
6088 | { |
---|
6089 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
6090 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
6091 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
6092 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
6093 | Int32 fp_in, fp_out; |
---|
6094 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
6095 | Int64 numberOfFiles; |
---|
6096 | Int32 transactionRecordSize, shadowRecordSize; |
---|
6097 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
6098 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
6099 | inodeBitsArray myBitMap; |
---|
6100 | char* fn = "extractChangedFiles"; |
---|
6101 | |
---|
6102 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
6103 | |
---|
6104 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
6105 | myBitMap = bitMap; |
---|
6106 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
6107 | shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
6108 | |
---|
6109 | /* Stat and open the filein file. */ |
---|
6110 | if (stat(filein, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
6111 | { |
---|
6112 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", filein, errno); |
---|
6113 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6114 | } |
---|
6115 | numberOfFiles = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
6116 | |
---|
6117 | fp_in = open(filein, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
6118 | if (fp_in == -1) |
---|
6119 | { |
---|
6120 | fprintf(stderr, "extractChangedFiles(%s, %s): open(%s) failure\n", |
---|
6121 | filein, fileout, filein); |
---|
6122 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6123 | } |
---|
6124 | |
---|
6125 | /* Locate the first record in the filein file. */ |
---|
6126 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
6127 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
6128 | actualOffset = lseek(fp_in, recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
6129 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
6130 | { |
---|
6131 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
6132 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, filein); |
---|
6133 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6134 | } |
---|
6135 | |
---|
6136 | /* Create and open the fileout file in append mode. */ |
---|
6137 | fp_out = open(fileout, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
6138 | if (fp_out == -1) |
---|
6139 | { |
---|
6140 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", fileout); |
---|
6141 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6142 | } |
---|
6143 | |
---|
6144 | /* Read each record from the input file and get the specified file name. */ |
---|
6145 | while (numberOfFiles > 0) |
---|
6146 | { |
---|
6147 | bytesRead = read(fp_in, &shadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
6148 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
6149 | { |
---|
6150 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", filein); |
---|
6151 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6152 | } |
---|
6153 | |
---|
6154 | /* Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
6155 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
6156 | if (testBit(myBitMap, |
---|
6157 | (UInt32) atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum)) != 0) |
---|
6158 | { |
---|
6159 | /* Build the record to be written to the file. */ |
---|
6160 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
6161 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
6162 | (void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filename, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
6163 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
6164 | |
---|
6165 | /* Write the record to the file. */ |
---|
6166 | bytesWritten = write(fp_out, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
6167 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
6168 | { |
---|
6169 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
6170 | fp_out, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
6171 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
6172 | } |
---|
6173 | *fileChanges = true; |
---|
6174 | } |
---|
6175 | numberOfFiles--; |
---|
6176 | } |
---|
6177 | |
---|
6178 | /* Close the input and output files. */ |
---|
6179 | close(fp_in); |
---|
6180 | close(fp_out); |
---|
6181 | |
---|
6182 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
6183 | |
---|
6184 | return(rc); |
---|
6185 | |
---|
6186 | } /*------ end of extractChangedFiles ----------------*/ |
---|
6187 | |
---|